SlideShare uma empresa Scribd logo
1 de 78
Baixar para ler offline
LQ Mississauga
Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8)
1 Parts of Speech 9 ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬َ‫و‬ ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ 17 The Relative Pronoun (ُ‫ل‬‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬)
2 Arabic Alphabets 10 Preposition (ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫رف‬َ‫ح‬) & Genitive case ( ) 18 The Past Tense Verb (‫ي‬ِ‫اض‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ال‬)
Topics
1
ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫رف‬َ‫ح‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫اض‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ال‬
3 Arabic Vowel Signs 11 Detached Pronoun ( ) 19 Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬)
4 Indefinite vs. Definite 12 20 ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫خ‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬‫ب‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫م‬َّ‫د‬َ‫ق‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬
5 This (‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬) vs. That ( َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬) 13 Gender Introduction 21 Plural (ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬)
6 Solar vs. Lunar Letters 14 Substitute (ٌ‫ل‬َ‫د‬َ‫ب‬) 22 Numbers (ٌ‫د‬‫َا‬‫د‬ْ‫ع‬َٔ‫ا‬)
7 Noun Endings 15 Adverb ( ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬) 23 The Diptote ( ِ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬ َّ‫الص‬ َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ُ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ن‬ْ‫م‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬)
8 Nominal Sentence Intro 16 Adjective ( ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬) 24 Types of predicate (ِ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫الخ‬ ُ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬)
Revision History
Date Ver Author Revision Comments
Nov. 23, 2012 1 Zahid Naeem Consolidated Part 1 thru 5 as one set
Dec. 17, 2012 2 Zahid Naeem Added some more pages for past tense verb
Feb. 2, 2013 3 Zahid Naeem Modified some pages for plurals
Mar. 21, 2013 4 Zahid Naeem Added some pages for irrational plurals
Apr. 25, 2013 5 Zahid Naeem Added some pages for diptotes
Nov. 3, 2013 6 Zahid Naeem Modified the slide for types of khabar
Sep. 10, 2014 7 Zahid Naeem Minor fixes for typos (‫مذكر‬)
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 2
Mar. 24, 2015 8 Zahid Naeem Fixed a number of typos
ِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ ِ‫يل‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫س‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬There are no copyrights reserved for this material. You may make copies and distribute them Fi Sabilillah – ِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ ِ‫يل‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫س‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬
Report any errors, omissions or suggestions to lqmississauga@gmail.com
Parts of Speech – English vs. Arabic
English has eight parts of speech
1. Noun (A word which refers to a person, a place, or a thing, e.g. teacher, town, bus)
2. Pronoun (A word like he, they, and we used to replace a noun)
3. Adjective (A word that describes a noun, e.g. a tall man)
4. Adverb (A word that gives additional information about how, when or where an action takes
place, e.g. He walked slowly, They will arrive tomorrow)
5. Interjection (A word that is independent of other words and is used as is, e.g. hello and hi)
6. Verb (The action or doing word, e.g. sleep, eat, drink)
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8)
7. Conjunction (A word joining two clauses in a sentence, e.g. and, because, but)
8. Preposition(A word used to relate a noun or pronoun to some other part, e.g. of, at)
Arabic has only three parts of speech
1. Noun ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬
2. Verb ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬
3. Particle ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬
3
Parts of Speech – English vs. Arabic
English Arabic
Noun
Noun ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬
Pronoun
Adjective
Adverb
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 4
Interjection
Verb Verb ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬
Conjunction
Particle ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬
Preposition
Arabic Alphabets
Arabic has 29 letters of alphabet
28 Consonants (have speech sound)
Alif - serves two purposes
Elongates a consonant, e.g. ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
Act as a bearer of ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ (hamza), e.g. ٌ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 5
‫ر‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫د‬ ‫خ‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ث‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
‫ف‬ ‫غ‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ظ‬ ‫ط‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ص‬ ‫ش‬ ‫س‬ ‫ز‬
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
‫ء‬ ‫ي‬ ‫و‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ن‬ ‫م‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ق‬
29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21
Arabic Vowel Signs
Name Sign Sound Example
Dammah (ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) ‫ـ‬ُ‫ـ‬‫ـ‬ “u”
ُ‫م‬ٌ‫س‬ِ‫د‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ه‬
Fathah (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬) ‫ـ‬َ‫ـ‬‫ـ‬ “a”
ُ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ٌ‫س‬ِ‫د‬ْ‫ن‬
Kasrah (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫َس‬‫ك‬) ‫ـ‬ِ‫ـ‬‫ـ‬ “i” ْ‫ن‬َ‫ه‬ُ‫م‬ِ‫د‬ٌ‫س‬
Arabic has 3 short
vowels
Long Vowel Sound Example
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 6
Long Vowel Sound Example
‫و‬ to elongate Dammah (ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) “û” ْ‫ف‬َ‫م‬‫ـو‬ُ‫ت‬ٌ‫ح‬
‫ا‬ to elongate Fathah (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬) “â” ‫ـا‬َ‫ب‬ٌ‫ب‬
‫ي‬ to elongate Kasrah (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫َس‬‫ك‬) “î” َ‫ق‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ٌ‫ص‬
Long vowels are
formed by adding the
associated letters to
the short vowels
Name Sign Example
Sukûn (ٌ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫س‬) ‫ـ‬ْ‫ـ‬‫ـ‬ َ‫م‬ْ‫ك‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫س‬ٌ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫س‬
Absence of a vowel
sign is denoted by
Sukûn (ٌ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫س‬)
Indefinite & Definite
Like English, Arabic nouns can be indefinite (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫َك‬‫ن‬) or definite (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬)
An indefinite noun is indicated by ٌ‫ن‬‫ِي‬‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬, which doubles the vowel sign at the end
of the word, e.g.
A book – ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
A chair - ٌّ‫ي‬ِ‫س‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫ك‬
A Definite noun is indicated by ‫ـ‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ prefixed to the noun. This also results in
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8)
A Definite noun is indicated by ‫ـ‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ prefixed to the noun. This also results in
eliminating the ٌ‫ن‬‫ِي‬‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬ at the end of the word, e.g.
The book - ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬
The chair - ُّ‫ي‬ ِ‫س‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬
‫ـ‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ and ٌ‫ن‬‫ِي‬‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬ cannot coexist. So ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ will be incorrect
Please note many proper nouns, e.g. ٌ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬,ٌ‫د‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫خ‬ end with ٌ‫ن‬‫ِي‬‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬, but they are still
definite
7
‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬This (‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬) vs. That ( َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬)
ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ب‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬That is a door ( ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ب‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬)
Demonstrative pronoun ( ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬ َ‫ش‬ ِٕ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬)
‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ : ِ‫ِيب‬‫ر‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬ َ‫ش‬ ِٕ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬
َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬ : ِ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬ َ‫ش‬ ِٕ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬
Like all pronouns, these are definite
These are masculine , i.e. these are used when pointing to
masculine nouns
They have feminine counterparts – will learn later
‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ and َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬ are pronounced as ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ and َ‫ك‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ذ‬ respectively,
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 8
This is a book ( ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬)This is a book ( ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬)
‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ and َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬ are pronounced as ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ and َ‫ك‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ذ‬ respectively,
but are written without the alif
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬What (‫ا‬َ‫م‬) vs. Who ( ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬)
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬
Meaning “What” “Who”
Usage Used for irrational things
(ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫غ‬), e.g. non-living
things, animals, plants
etc.
Used for rational beings
(ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬). These include Allah
(‫ى‬َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ت‬َ‫و‬ ُ‫ه‬َ‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫بح‬ُ‫س‬), humans beings,
jinns, and angels.
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 9
etc. jinns, and angels.
Example What is this? (‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬) Who is this? (‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬)
Particle of Interrogation and Answer
This is a house ( ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬)
Is this a house? (‫؟‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬َٔ‫ا‬)
Prefixing َٔ‫ا‬ to a statement turns it into a question
Used in this context َٔ‫ا‬ is called ِ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ْ‫ف‬ِ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ (particle of interrogation)
‫لا‬ means “no”
ْ‫م‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ means “yes”
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 10
ْ‫م‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ means “yes”
‫لا‬ and ْ‫م‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ are called ِ‫اب‬َ‫و‬َ‫الج‬ ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫ح‬ (particles of answer)
ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َّ‫الش‬ ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬
Solar Letters
ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َّ‫الش‬ ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬ ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬
Lunar Letters
ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬ ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬
Solar vs. Lunar Letters (1 of 2)
28 Consonant Letters
1414
‫ال‬َّ‫ش‬ُ‫س‬ْ‫م‬ ‫ال‬َ‫ق‬ُ‫ر‬َ‫م‬
This distinction is only for pronunciation of
words starting with these letters when
prefixed with ‫الـ‬ (the definite article)
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 11
‫ال‬َّ‫ش‬ُ‫س‬ْ‫م‬ ‫ال‬َ‫ق‬ُ‫ر‬َ‫م‬
The letter ‫ل‬ IS NOT pronounced. The correct
pronunciation is ash-shamsu, not al-shamsu
The letter ‫ل‬ IS pronounced. The
pronunciation is al-qamaru
‫ل‬
shaddah on the solar letter
The assimilation of ‫ل‬is indicated by the
shaddah on the solar letter
No shaddah is necessary on the lunar letter
Articulation of solar letters involves the tip
of the tongue, e.g., ‫ت‬,‫س‬,‫ش‬,‫ن‬,‫ر‬
Tip of the tongue plays no role for lunar
letters, e.g., ‫ب‬,‫ق‬,‫م‬,‫ك‬,‫و‬
‫ش‬‫ش‬is an example of a solar letter ‫ق‬‫ق‬is an example of a lunar letter
Solar vs. Lunar Letters (2 of 2)
ُ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َّ‫الش‬ ‫ش‬ ُ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َّ‫ت‬‫ال‬ ‫ت‬
ُ‫ر‬ْ‫د‬ َّ‫الص‬ ‫ص‬ ُ‫ب‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ث‬‫ال‬ ‫ث‬
ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ي‬ َّ‫الض‬ ‫ض‬ ُ‫ِّيك‬‫د‬‫ال‬ ‫د‬
ُ‫م‬َ‫ف‬‫ال‬ ‫ف‬ ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬‫ال‬ ٔ‫ا‬
ُ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬ ‫ق‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫الب‬ ‫ب‬
ُ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬‫ال‬ ‫ك‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫الج‬ ‫ج‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 12
ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ي‬ َّ‫الض‬ ‫ض‬ ُ‫ِّيك‬‫د‬‫ال‬ ‫د‬
ُ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َّ‫ط‬‫ال‬ ‫ط‬ ُ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َّ‫ذ‬‫ال‬ ‫ذ‬
ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ه‬َّ‫ظ‬‫ال‬ ‫ظ‬ ُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬ ‫ر‬
ُ‫م‬ْ‫ح‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ ‫ل‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ه‬َّ‫ز‬‫ال‬ ‫ز‬
ُ‫م‬ْ‫ج‬َّ‫ن‬‫ال‬ ‫ن‬ ُ‫ك‬َ‫م‬َّ‫الس‬ ‫س‬
ُ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬‫ال‬ ‫ك‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫الج‬ ‫ج‬
ُ‫اء‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫م‬ ُ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ِ‫الح‬ ‫ح‬
ُ‫د‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬‫ال‬ ‫و‬ ُ‫ز‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫الخ‬ ‫خ‬
ُ‫اء‬َ‫و‬َ‫اله‬ ‫ه‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ع‬‫ال‬ ‫ع‬
ُ‫د‬َ‫الي‬ ‫ي‬ ُ‫َاء‬‫د‬َ‫غ‬‫ال‬ ‫غ‬
Noun Endings
In Arabic, nouns have different endings to show their function in a sentence
These are called noun cases or case-endings ( ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬ِٕ‫ا‬)
English
Name
Arabic
Name
Ending
Vowel
Sign
Function in a
sentence
Examples
Nominative ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ Dammah Subject ‫الكتا‬ُ‫ب‬,‫كتا‬ٌ‫ب‬,ّ‫م‬‫مح‬ٌ‫د‬,‫با‬ٌ‫ب‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 13
ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ ‫الكتا‬ُ‫ب‬,‫كتا‬ٌ‫ب‬,ّ‫م‬‫مح‬ٌ‫د‬,‫با‬ٌ‫ب‬
Accusative ٌ‫وب‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ Fathah Object of a verb ‫الكتا‬َ‫ب‬,‫كتا‬ً‫ا‬‫ب‬,ّ‫م‬‫مح‬‫ًا‬‫د‬,‫با‬ً‫ا‬‫ب‬
Genitive ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ Kasrah Possessor of a thing, or
comes after a
preposition or an
adverb
‫الكتا‬ِ‫ب‬,‫كتا‬ٍ‫ب‬,ّ‫م‬‫مح‬ٍ‫د‬,‫با‬ٍ‫ب‬
ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ج‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬The Nominal Sentence (ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ج‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬)
A sentence that starts with a noun
Has a subject (ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬) and a predicate (ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬)
Both the subject and the predicate are always nominative (ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬)
The subject is mostly definite (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬)
The predicate is mostly indefinite (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫ك‬َ‫ن‬)
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 14
ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬
ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫َك‬‫ن‬
ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬
ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫س‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫م‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫س‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫م‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬
ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬The Joining Hamza (ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬)
The ‫ا‬ in ‫الـ‬ (the definite article) is called ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬
If it is preceded by another word, it is not pronounced
E.g., ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ (the house) is pronounced al-baitu and ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫و‬ (and the house) is pronounced
as wa l-baitu and not wa al-baitu
ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ also appears in words without the ‫ال‬, e.g.,
ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ (name) – ِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ ِ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ب‬
ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬ِ‫ا‬ (son) – َ‫م‬َ‫ي‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬‫ا‬ ‫ى‬َ‫س‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬
ٌ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬
(Joining, uniting,
attaching)
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 15
ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬ِ‫ا‬ (son) – َ‫م‬َ‫ي‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬‫ا‬ ‫ى‬َ‫س‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬
To signify ‫ا‬‫ا‬‫ا‬‫ا‬ as ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬, look for one of the following three conditions:
A symbol on alif, as
Without any or ‫ء‬ symbol on alif
Completely omitted in writing, e.g., ِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ ِ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ب‬
Both ‫ا‬ and ‫ل‬ in ‫الـ‬ are not pronounced when a word starts with a solar letter and
is preceded with another word
E.g., َ‫و‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ج‬َّ‫ن‬‫ال‬ is pronounced as wan-najmu and not wa al-najmu or wa an-najmu
ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬
As opposed to ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ , ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ is always pronounced, regardless of its
position in the sentence
ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ is usually written with a ‫ء‬ symbol on (or below) the Alif, as follows:
‫أ‬
‫إ‬
Examples:
ٌ‫د‬َ‫ح‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫ل‬ُ‫ق‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 16
ٌ‫د‬َ‫ح‬َٔ‫ا‬ (one) – ٌ‫د‬َ‫ح‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫ل‬ُ‫ق‬
ْ‫ذ‬ِٕ‫ا‬ (when) – َ‫ك‬ُّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬ َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ق‬ ْ‫ذ‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫و‬...
ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬
(Cutting,
Discontinuing,
Separating)
ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬َ‫و‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َّ‫الش‬ ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬Examples from Quran ( ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬َ‫و‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َّ‫الش‬ ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬,ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬,ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ )
َ‫ٱ‬ِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬ ُ‫د‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ل‬ِّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬‫ٱ‬‫۝‬َ‫ين‬ِ‫م‬َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٱ‬َٰ‫م‬ْ‫ح‬َّ‫ر‬‫ل‬ِ‫ن‬‫ٱ‬ِ‫م‬‫ي‬ ِ‫ح‬َّ‫ر‬‫ل‬ِ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ ‫۝‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ي‬‫ٱ‬ِ‫ِّين‬‫د‬‫ل‬‫۝‬
ُ‫د‬ُ‫ب‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ َ‫ك‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬ِٕ‫ا‬ُ‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫َس‬‫ن‬ َ‫ك‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫و‬‫۝‬ِ‫ٱ‬‫َا‬‫ن‬ِ‫د‬ْ‫ه‬‫ٱ‬َ‫اط‬َ‫ر‬ ِّ‫لص‬‫ٱ‬َ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫اط‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫ص‬ ‫۝‬
Find solar letters (ُ‫ة‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ي‬ ِ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َّ‫الش‬ ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬), lunar letters (ُ‫ة‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬ ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬) and instances
of ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ and ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ in Surat ul-Fâtiha
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 17
ُ‫د‬ُ‫ب‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ َ‫ك‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬ِٕ‫ا‬ُ‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫َس‬‫ن‬ َ‫ك‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫و‬‫۝‬ِ‫ٱ‬‫َا‬‫ن‬ِ‫د‬ْ‫ه‬‫ٱ‬َ‫اط‬َ‫ر‬ ِّ‫لص‬‫ٱ‬َ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫اط‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫ص‬ ‫۝‬
‫ٱ‬ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ َ‫ين‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫غ‬‫ٱ‬‫ا‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬ ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ ِ‫وب‬ ُ‫ض‬ْ‫غ‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٱ‬َ‫ين‬ِّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ َّ‫لض‬‫۝‬
Solar letter ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬Lunar letter ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬
ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬Preposition (ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬) & Genitive Case (ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬)
Literal meaning of ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ is “a particle of pulling”
Examples of preposition (ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬):
In – ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬
On – ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬
From – ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬
To – ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬
ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬
ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬
ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬
ُ‫ت‬ got pulled to ِ‫ت‬ because
of the preceding ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 18
To – ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬
When a noun is preceded by a preposition, it is said to
be in genitive case (ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬)
The house - ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬, In the house – ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬
A house - ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬, In a house – ٍ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬
ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ is a ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ج‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ (phrase) – It looks like a
sentence but is not one
ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬
Same as
ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬
More Prepositions and Examples from the Qur’ân
(59:21) Had We sent down this
Quran on a mountain …
َ‫ن‬ٓ‫ا‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬ٰ‫ـ‬َ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ز‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫و‬َ‫ل‬‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ٍ‫ل‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ج‬... On ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬
(96:2) He created man from a
clot
َ‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫نس‬ِٕ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ َ‫ق‬َ‫ل‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ٍ‫ق‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ From ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬
(26:50) we shall but return to
our Lord
‫َّا‬‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ب‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ق‬‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬‫ـــ‬ِّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬ To ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬
(97:1) We have indeed revealed
this (Message) in the Night of
Power
ُ‫ه‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ز‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫َّا‬‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫د‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ In ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 19
(2:119) And thou will not be
asked about the owners of hell-
fire
ُ‫ل‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬‫ي‬ ِ‫ح‬َ‫ج‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ِ‫اب‬َ‫ح‬ ْ‫ص‬َٔ‫ا‬ About,
concerning ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬
(2:284) To Allah belongs
whatever is in the heavens and
whatever is in the earth.
‫ـ‬ِ‫ل‬ٰ‫م‬َّ‫الس‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ ِ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬ِ‫ض‬ْ‫ر‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ِ‫ات‬َ‫و‬ Belongs to,
for
‫ــ‬ِ‫ل‬
(2:153) O ye who believe! seek
help with patient perseverance
and prayer; for Allah is with
those who patiently persevere.
‫وا‬ُ‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫اس‬ ‫وا‬ُ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ٓ‫ا‬ َ‫ين‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ُّ‫ي‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ي‬‫ـ‬ِ‫ب‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ب‬ َّ‫الص‬
َ‫ِين‬‫ر‬ِ‫ب‬‫ا‬ َّ‫الص‬ َ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ َ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ َّ‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ۚ ِ‫ة‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ َّ‫الص‬َ‫و‬
With, by,
at, in
‫ــ‬ِ‫ب‬
Notice the noun after the ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫رف‬َ‫ح‬ is ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬ , i.e. it has a ٌ‫ة‬َ‫َسر‬‫ك‬ at the end
ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬Nominal Sentence with ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬
Muhammad is in the mosque
the mosque in Muhammad
ِ‫د‬ ِ‫ج‬ْ‫س‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ٌ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ ،ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 20
It is on a table
a table on It
ٍ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬
ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ ،ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬
ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬Detached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬)
3rd Person
Masculine
Singular He, It َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ئ‬‫ا‬َ‫غ‬
“Dual” They (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬
Plural They ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
Feminine
Singular She, It
َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬“Dual” They (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬
Plural They َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
Singular You َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 21
2nd person
Masculine
Singular You َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ب‬َ‫ط‬‫ا‬َ‫خ‬ُ‫م‬
“Dual” You (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬
Plural You (>2) ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
Feminine
Singular You ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬“Dual” You (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬
Plural You (>2) َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
1st person Masc. & Fem.
Singular I ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ِّ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬َ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬
Plural We ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬Detached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬)
َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬
َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
Are never attached with any other word
Are always ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ (definite)
Are ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ (nominative case), even though most of
them do not have a ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ (dammah) ending
Are fixed in their case, i.e. their ending does not
change
Fixed nouns in Arabic are called ٌّ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫م‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 22
َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬
Fixed nouns in Arabic are called ٌّ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫م‬
The Past Tense Verb (‫ي‬ِ‫اض‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ال‬)
Verb = Action = ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬
Doer = Subject = ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬
Base form of all Arabic verbs is in the past tense (ٍ‫ض‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬)
The base form of the verb always corresponds to the 3rd person
singular masculine pronoun, i.e. he (َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬)
ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 23
َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬
The doer of the action (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬) is hidden (ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬) within the base form of
the verb (ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬). Notice the hidden “he” in َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬
َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬(He left) َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ – Possessed & Possessor
Used to convey a “possession” relationship between two nouns
Also referred to as ُ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬‫ا‬ َ‫ض‬ِٕ‫الا‬ (Al-Idaafatu)
English uses “of” or “ ’s ” for such relationship, e.g. Book of Bilal or Bilal’s
book
Made up of two parts:
Possessed (or possession) – ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
Possessor – ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 24
ٍ‫َال‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
(of) Bilal book
Bilal’s book
ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬
(of) the teacher table
The teacher’s table
ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬Possessed - ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
Can take any case ending,
as the need be
Never takes ٌ‫ن‬‫ِي‬‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬ (tanwîn)
or ‫الـ‬ (the definite article)
Is ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ (definite) or ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ـر‬ِ‫َـك‬‫ن‬
(indefinite) based on
ِ‫ه‬‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬Possessor - ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
Is always ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ (genitive
case)
Can take ٌ‫ن‬‫ِي‬‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬ (tanwîn) or
‫الـ‬ (the definite article)
Can be ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ـر‬ِ‫َـك‬‫ن‬ (indefinite) or
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ (definite)
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬Definite vs. indefinite ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
Different case endings for ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
Noun after َّ‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬ is
always ٌ‫وب‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬Examples of Valid ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ َ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬
ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬
(of) the teacher table
The teacher’s table
ٌ‫وب‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬
ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬
ِ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َّ‫ط‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 25
ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ِ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬
(of) the teacher table on
On the teacher’s table
ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ َ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ َّ‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬
(of) the teacher table Verily
Verily the teacher’s table
ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬
ِ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َّ‫ط‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
(of) the student book
The student’s book
ٍ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
(of) a student book
A student’s book
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫َك‬‫ن‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬Incorrect vs. Correct ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
ٍ‫َال‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ cannot have ٌ‫ن‬‫ِي‬‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬
ٍ‫َال‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫الك‬ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ cannot have ‫ال‬
ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 26
ٌ‫ل‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ cannot be ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬
ٍ‫َال‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
ً‫ل‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ cannot be ٌ‫وب‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬More on ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
Whose book?
(of) who book
ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
Even though ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ is ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ , it does not have ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫َس‬‫ك‬
(kasrah) ending, because it is ٌّ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫م‬ (indeclinable).
Other similar examples:
ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫م‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ق‬ (Whose pen?)
ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬ِ‫ٱ‬ (Whose son?)
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 27
Mosque of Allah’s Prophet
(of) Allah (of the) prophet mosque
‫الل‬ِ‫ه‬ ِ‫ول‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ ُ‫د‬ ِ‫ج‬ْ‫س‬َ‫م‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
Notice two sets of ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬.
ِ‫ول‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ is ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ in ِ‫ول‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ ُ‫د‬ ِ‫ج‬ْ‫س‬َ‫م‬ and it
is ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ in ِ‫ه‬‫الل‬ ِ‫ول‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬.
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬Examples from Quran - ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
(110:1) When comes the help of Allah … َ‫اء‬َ‫ج‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬ِٕ‫ا‬‫الل‬ ُ‫ر‬ ْ‫َص‬‫ن‬ِ‫ه‬
(114: 1) Say: I seek refuge in the Lord of mankind ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫ذ‬‫و‬ُ‫ع‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫ل‬ُ‫ق‬ِ‫س‬‫ا‬َّ‫ن‬‫ال‬ ِّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬
(24:35) Allah is the light of the heavens and the
earth
‫لل‬َ‫ا‬ُ‫ه‬ٰ‫م‬َّ‫الس‬ ُ‫ر‬‫ُو‬‫ن‬ِ‫ات‬َ‫و‬ِ‫ض‬ْ‫ر‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫و‬
(7:73) This is the she camel of Allah ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬‫الل‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ق‬‫َا‬‫ن‬ِ‫ه‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 28
(7:73) This is the she camel of Allah ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬‫الل‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ق‬‫َا‬‫ن‬ِ‫ه‬
(48:29) Muhammad is the Messenger of Allah ٌ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬‫الل‬ ُ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫ه‬
(6:127) For them is the home of safety ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫م‬َ‫ا‬‫ل‬َّ‫الس‬ ُ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫د‬
(40:55 & 77) Therefore have patience (O
Muhammad). Lo (surely, certainly)! The promise
of Allah is true
َّ‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ْ‫ر‬ِ‫ب‬ ْ‫اص‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ َ‫د‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫و‬ٌّ‫ق‬َ‫ح‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬Nominal Sentences with ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
Muhammad is the Messenger of Allah
(of) Allah Messenger Muhammad
ِ‫ه‬‫الل‬ ُ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ ٌ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬
،ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫َا‬‫ل‬َ‫ج‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ظ‬ْ‫ف‬َ‫ل‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 29
The student’s pen is broken
broken (of) the student pen
ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫س‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ ِ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َّ‫ط‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ق‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬Feminine: This (ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬) vs. That ( َ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬)
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬That is a car (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬)
ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬
ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬
ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ِ‫ِيب‬‫ر‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ش‬ ِٕ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬
َ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬ ِ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ش‬ ِٕ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 30
ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ is pronounced as ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ but is written without the alif
This is a watch (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫س‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬)This is a watch (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫س‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬)
How to make Feminine noun from Masculine noun
ٌ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫ة‬‫ــ‬َ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫ة‬‫ــ‬َ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ TeacherFemale
teacher
Adding a ُ‫ة‬َ‫ط‬‫و‬ُ‫ب‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اء‬َّ‫ت‬‫ال‬ at the end
ُ‫ة‬َ‫ط‬‫و‬ُ‫ب‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اء‬َّ‫ت‬‫ال‬ : The closed ta : ‫ة‬
1
Putting a ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬ (fathah) on the letter before ‫ة‬2
ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ٌ‫ة‬‫ـ‬َ‫ـب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ٌ‫ة‬‫ـ‬َ‫ـب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ StudentFemale
student
ٌ‫د‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫د‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫د‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫د‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫و‬ FatherMother
ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ز‬َ‫غ‬ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ز‬َ‫غ‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ز‬َ‫غ‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ز‬َ‫غ‬ GazelleFemale
Usually nouns which refer to
male humans (and animals)
and adjectives may be made
feminine by this method
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 31
Not all masculine nouns form a feminine counterpart in this way, e.g.
ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ز‬َ‫غ‬ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ز‬َ‫غ‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ز‬َ‫غ‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ز‬َ‫غ‬ GazelleFemale
gazelle
ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ك‬ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ك‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ير‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ك‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ير‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ك‬ BigBig
(female)
ٌ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ٌ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ٌّ‫م‬ُٔ‫ا‬ٌّ‫م‬ُٔ‫ا‬ FatherMother
ٌ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ٌ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫خ‬ُٔ‫ا‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫خ‬ُٔ‫ا‬ BrotherSister
ٌ‫د‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫د‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ِ‫ب‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ِ‫ب‬ BoyGirl
feminine by this method
Gender of Body Members
ٌ‫س‬ْٔ‫ا‬َ‫ر‬ٌ‫س‬ْٔ‫ا‬َ‫ر‬ (head)
ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ (nose)
ٌ‫د‬َ‫ي‬ (hand)
ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ع‬ (eye)
Double members are
usually feminine
Single members are
usually masculine
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 32
ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ (nose)
ٌ‫ه‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫ه‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫و‬ (face)
ٌ‫م‬َ‫ف‬ٌ‫م‬َ‫ف‬ (mouth)
ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ع‬ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ع‬ (eye)
ٌ‫ن‬ُ‫ذ‬ُٔ‫ا‬ (ear)
ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ِج‬‫ر‬ (leg)
Gender and Nominal Sentence
Gender ofٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ and ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ should be the same
ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ط‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫اط‬َ‫ف‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ب‬ِ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ط‬
ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬‫ال‬ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َّ‫الس‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 33
ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬‫ال‬ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َّ‫الس‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬
‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ٌ‫يك‬ِ‫د‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫اج‬َ‫ج‬َ‫د‬
َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ب‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ذ‬ِ‫ف‬‫َا‬‫ن‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬
This house
This house is new
ٌ‫ل‬َ‫د‬َ‫ب‬Substitute - ٌ‫ل‬َ‫د‬َ‫ب‬
ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫يت‬َ‫الب‬
This is new
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
The house is new
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8)
ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫يت‬َ‫الب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬
(is) new The house This
This house
34
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ل‬َ‫د‬َ‫ب‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
A definite noun (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬‫ع‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬‫س‬ِ‫ا‬) following a demonstrative pronoun
(ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ش‬ ِٕ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫م‬‫س‬ِ‫ا‬), is called a substitute (ٌ‫ل‬َ‫د‬َ‫ب‬). There are other types of
substitutes, which we will learn later
ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬Adverb - ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬
ِ‫ان‬َ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬Examples of Adverb of Place ( ِ‫ان‬َ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬)
ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬ is a noun that indicates the place or time
ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬ acts like a ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ , so the noun following it is ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬
ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬ can never be aٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ (subject), even if the sentence starts with it
َ‫ف‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ف‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫خ‬ (behind)
َ‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ (there)
‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ (here)
َ‫ق‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ف‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ف‬ (over)
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8)
َ‫ت‬ْ‫ح‬َ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ح‬َ‫ت‬ (under)
َ‫ف‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ف‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫خ‬ (behind)
َ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬َٔ‫ا‬ (in front)
ِ‫ان‬َ‫م‬َّ‫ز‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬Examples of Adverb of Time ( ِ‫ان‬َ‫م‬َّ‫ز‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬)
َ‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬
َ‫م‬‫و‬َ‫الي‬َ‫م‬‫و‬َ‫الي‬ (today)
َ‫رب‬ُ‫ق‬َ‫رب‬ُ‫ق‬ (near)
َ‫ين‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ين‬َ‫ب‬ (between)
ً‫ا‬‫د‬َ‫غ‬ (tomorrow)ِ‫س‬‫م‬َٔ‫ا‬ (yesterday)
ً‫ا‬‫يل‬َ‫ل‬ً‫ا‬‫يل‬َ‫ل‬ (night) ً‫اح‬َ‫ب‬ َ‫ص‬ً‫اح‬َ‫ب‬ َ‫ص‬ (morning) ً‫اء‬َ‫س‬َ‫م‬ً‫اء‬َ‫س‬َ‫م‬ (evening)ً‫ا‬‫هر‬ُ‫ظ‬ً‫ا‬‫هر‬ُ‫ظ‬ (noon)
Examples from Quran - ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬
(16:88) Those who disbelieved and averted
[others] from the way of Allah - We will increase
them in punishment over [their] punishment for
what corruption they were causing.
‫ا‬ً‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ع‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬‫َا‬‫ن‬ْ‫د‬ِ‫ز‬ ِ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ ِ‫يل‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫س‬ ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ‫ُّوا‬‫د‬ َ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ ‫وا‬ُ‫َر‬‫ف‬َ‫ك‬ َ‫ين‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ف‬
‫﴿النحل‬ َ‫ن‬‫ُو‬‫د‬ِ‫س‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫ي‬ ‫ُوا‬‫ن‬‫َا‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ب‬ ِ‫اب‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬:٨٨﴾
(48:18) Allah was pleased with the believers when
they swore allegiance to you under the tree and
He knew what was in their hearts. Therefore, He
sent down tranquility upon them and rewarded
them with a victory close by.
َ‫َك‬‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ع‬ِ‫ي‬‫ا‬َ‫ب‬ُ‫ي‬ ْ‫ذ‬ِٕ‫ا‬ َ‫ين‬ِ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ِ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ض‬َ‫ر‬ ْ‫د‬َ‫ق‬َّ‫ل‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ح‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬َّ‫الش‬
‫ا‬ً‫ِيب‬‫ر‬َ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ً‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ب‬‫َا‬‫ث‬َٔ‫ا‬َ‫و‬ ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ َ‫ة‬َ‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫ك‬َّ‫الس‬ َ‫ل‬َ‫ز‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬َ‫ف‬ ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬‫و‬ُ‫ل‬ُ‫ق‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ف‬
‫﴿الفتح‬:١٨﴾
(4:159) And there is none from the People of the
Scripture but that he will surely believe in Jesus
before his death. And on the Day of Resurrection
ۖ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ت‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬ َ‫ل‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫ق‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ َّ‫ن‬َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫ؤ‬ُ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬َّ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ِ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ِ‫ل‬ْ‫ه‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫ن‬ِّ‫م‬ ‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫و‬َ‫م‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ي‬َ‫و‬ِ‫ة‬َ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬
‫﴿النساء‬ ‫ًا‬‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬َ‫ش‬ ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ك‬َ‫ي‬:١٥٩﴾
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 36
before his death. And on the Day of Resurrection
he will be against them a witness.
ۖ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ت‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬ َ‫ل‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫ق‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ َّ‫ن‬َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫ؤ‬ُ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬َّ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ِ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ِ‫ل‬ْ‫ه‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫ن‬ِّ‫م‬ ‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫و‬َ‫م‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ي‬َ‫و‬ِ‫ة‬َ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬
‫﴿النساء‬ ‫ًا‬‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬َ‫ش‬ ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ك‬َ‫ي‬:١٥٩﴾
(18:23-24) And never say of anything, "Indeed, I
will do that tomorrow," . Except [when adding],
"If Allah wills." And remember your Lord when
you forget [it] and say, "Perhaps my Lord will
guide me to what is nearer than this to right
conduct."
َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َٰ‫ذ‬ ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬ ‫ِّي‬‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٍ‫ء‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ش‬ِ‫ل‬ َّ‫ن‬َ‫ل‬‫ُو‬‫ق‬َ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬‫ًا‬‫د‬َ‫غ‬‫﴿الكهف‬:٢٣‫ا‬َّ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ﴾
ِ‫ن‬َ‫ي‬ِ‫د‬ْ‫ه‬َ‫ي‬ ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٰ‫ى‬َ‫س‬َ‫ع‬ ْ‫ل‬ُ‫ق‬َ‫و‬ َ‫يت‬ ِ‫َس‬‫ن‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬ِٕ‫ا‬ َ‫ك‬َّ‫ب‬َّ‫ر‬ ‫ُر‬‫ك‬ْ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫و‬ ۚ ُ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ َ‫اء‬َ‫ش‬َ‫ي‬ ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
‫﴿الكهف‬ ‫ًا‬‫د‬َ‫ش‬َ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬ٰ‫ـ‬َ‫ه‬ ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ق‬َٔ‫ا‬ِ‫ل‬ ‫ي‬ِّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬:٢٤﴾
(2:285) All of them have believed in Allah and His
angels and His books and His messengers,
[saying], "We make no distinction between any of
His messengers." And they say, "We hear and we
obey. [We seek] Your forgiveness, our Lord, and
to You is the [final] destination."
ُ‫ق‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫ف‬ُ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ل‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ل‬ُ‫س‬ُ‫ر‬َ‫و‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ُ‫ت‬ُ‫ك‬َ‫و‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ك‬ِ‫ئ‬‫َا‬‫ل‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ِ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ِ‫ب‬ َ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ٓ‫ا‬ ٌّ‫ل‬ُ‫ك‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬‫ن‬ِّ‫م‬ ٍ‫د‬َ‫ح‬َٔ‫ا‬
ُ‫ير‬ِ‫ص‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫و‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬َّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬ َ‫َك‬‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫غ‬ ۖ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ط‬َٔ‫ا‬َ‫و‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ ‫وا‬ُ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ق‬َ‫و‬ ۚ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ل‬ُ‫س‬ُّ‫ر‬
‫﴿البقرة‬:٢٨٥﴾
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬Adjective - ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬
A new house
ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫يت‬َ‫ب‬
A noun that describes or
qualifies another noun is
called ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ (adjective)
The noun being
described or qualified
is called ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬
A house
ٌ‫يت‬َ‫ب‬
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8)
In Arabic the ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ (adjective) comes after the ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬.
In English, the adjective comes before the noun it qualifies
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ is also called ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ص‬
Adjective = ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ = ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ص‬
ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ is also called ٌ‫وف‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬
Noun Qualified = ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ = ٌ‫وف‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬Agreements between ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ and ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ and ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ should be in agreement in the following:
This is a small boy
ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫غ‬ َ‫ص‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬
This is a small girl
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ير‬ِ‫غ‬ َ‫ص‬ ٌ‫نت‬ِ‫ب‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬Gender
1
The new teacher is in the class
ِ‫صل‬َ‫ف‬‫ال‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ُ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ُ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ال‬
Bilal is a new teacher
ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ل‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬
Indefinite vs.Indefinite vs.
definite
2
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8)
ِ‫صل‬َ‫ف‬‫ال‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ُ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ُ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ال‬ ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ل‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬definitedefinite
I am in a new house
ٍ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٍ‫يت‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ‫نا‬َٔ‫ا‬
This is a new house
ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫يت‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬Case
3
That is a new student
ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬
Those are new students
ٌ‫د‬ُ‫د‬ُ‫ج‬ ٌ‫َّاب‬‫ل‬ُ‫ط‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ئ‬َ‫ل‬‫و‬ُٔ‫ا‬Number
4
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬
ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬Nominal Sentence with ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬
The broken chair is in the room
ِ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫غ‬‫ال‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ُ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫س‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُّ‫ي‬ ِ‫س‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫ك‬‫ال‬
ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
The sparrow is a small bird
ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫غ‬ َ‫ص‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ئ‬‫ا‬َ‫ط‬ ُ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ ْ‫ص‬ُ‫ع‬‫ال‬
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 39
ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ ،ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬
I am in the secondary school
ِ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫و‬َ‫ن‬‫َّا‬‫ث‬‫ال‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫د‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ ،ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬
ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬References from Quran - ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬
(5:15) Undoubtedly, there has to come to
you from Allah light and a luminous Book.
َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ُو‬‫ن‬ ِ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ َ‫ن‬ِّ‫م‬ ‫ُم‬‫ك‬َ‫اء‬َ‫ج‬ ْ‫د‬َ‫ق‬ٌ‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬ُّ‫م‬ ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬‫﴿المائدة‬:١٥﴾
(68:4) And undoubtedly, you possess
excellent manners.
ٰ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ل‬ َ‫َّك‬‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫و‬ٍ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ظ‬َ‫ع‬ ٍ‫ق‬ُ‫ل‬ُ‫خ‬‫﴿القلم‬:٤﴾
(44:17) and an honourable Messenger
came to them.
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫اء‬َ‫ج‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫م‬‫ِي‬‫ر‬َ‫ك‬ ٌ‫ل‬‫و‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬‫﴿الدخان‬:١٧﴾
(1:6) Guide us in the straight path. ‫َا‬‫ن‬ِ‫د‬ْ‫ه‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ َ‫اط‬َ‫ر‬ ِّ‫الص‬﴿‫الفاتحة‬:٦﴾
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 40
(1:6) Guide us in the straight path. ‫َا‬‫ن‬ِ‫د‬ْ‫ه‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ َ‫اط‬َ‫ر‬ ِّ‫الص‬﴿‫الفاتحة‬:٦﴾
(45:10) And for them is a great torment. ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ظ‬َ‫ع‬ ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ع‬﴿‫الجاثية‬:١٠﴾
(8:274) For them is forgiveness and
honourable provision.
َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫ف‬ْ‫غ‬َّ‫م‬ ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬ٌ‫م‬‫ِي‬‫ر‬َ‫ك‬ ٌ‫ق‬ْ‫ز‬ِ‫ر‬‫نفال‬ٔ‫ا‬‫﴿ال‬:٧٤﴾
(61:13) help from Allah and a near victory ‫﴿الصف‬:١٣﴾ ِ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ َ‫ن‬ِّ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ ْ‫َص‬‫ن‬ٌ‫ِيب‬‫ر‬َ‫ق‬ ٌ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬َ‫و‬ۗ◌
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬Where is the ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬?
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫ه‬َ‫س‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫غ‬ُ‫ل‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬َ‫ع‬‫ال‬
The Arabic is an easy language
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫ه‬َ‫س‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬َ‫ع‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫غ‬ُّ‫ل‬‫ال‬
The Arabic language is easy
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 41
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫ه‬َ‫س‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬َ‫ع‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫غ‬ُّ‫ل‬‫ال‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ or not
This is a new book
ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
The new book is heavy
ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬َ‫ث‬ ُ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫الك‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬‫و‬ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬
This book is new
ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬‫ال‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ل‬َ‫د‬َ‫ب‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
This new book is heavy
ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬َ‫ث‬ ُ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫الك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ل‬َ‫د‬َ‫ب‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
1
2
4
5
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 42
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬‫و‬ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬
The book is new
ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫الك‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ل‬َ‫د‬َ‫ب‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
Abbas is a merchant
ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬ ٌ‫اس‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ع‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
36
ُ‫ل‬‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬The Relative Pronoun - ُ‫ل‬‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬
‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ is called the relative pronoun (ُ‫ل‬‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬)
It is translated as:
“Who” – for all rational beings
“Which” – for all irrational beings and things
It is used for masculine singular. Feminine and plural will come later
It is always followed by a description, which is known as ِ‫ول‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 43
The man, who left the room, is a merchant
ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫غ‬‫ال‬ َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬
ِ‫ول‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬ ُ‫ل‬‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬
The book, which is on the table, belongs to the teacher
ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬ ِ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬‫ك‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫الك‬
ِ‫ول‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬ ُ‫ل‬‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬
‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ٌ‫َعت‬‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ as ٌ‫َعت‬‫ن‬
The man is a merchant
ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬ ُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
The tall man is a merchant
ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬ ُ‫ل‬‫ِي‬‫و‬َّ‫ط‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 44
The man, who left the room, is a merchant
ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫غ‬‫ال‬ َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ِ‫ول‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬ ٌ‫َعت‬‫ن‬َ‫و‬ ُ‫ل‬‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬ ُ‫ل‬‫ِي‬‫و‬َّ‫ط‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
The Past Tense Verb (‫ي‬ِ‫اض‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ال‬)
Verb = Action = ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬
Doer = Subject = ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬
Base form of all Arabic verbs is in the past tense (ٍ‫ض‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬)
The base form of the verb always corresponds to the 3rd person
singular masculine pronoun, i.e. he (َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬)
ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 45
َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬
The doer of the action (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬) is hidden (ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬) within the base form of
the verb (ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬). Notice the hidden “he” in َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬
َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬(He left) َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬
Anatomy of The Past Tense Verb
Almost all Arabic verbs can be traced back to a three letter verb. The
remaining few exceptions are traced to a four letter verb.
To understand their structure, the three letter verbs are defined on
the pattern of ‫فعل‬ as follows.
‫فعل‬‫ل‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ف‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 46
َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬(He left) َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ج‬ َ‫ر‬ َ‫خ‬
‫فعل‬‫فعل‬‫ل‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ف‬
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ف‬ (1st radical)
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ع‬ (2nd radical)
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ل‬ (3rd radical)
Anatomy of The Past Tense Verb
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ل‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ع‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ف‬ Meaning ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬
َ‫ب‬ َ‫ه‬ َ‫ذ‬ He went َ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬
َ‫س‬ َ‫ل‬ َ‫ج‬ He sat َ‫س‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ج‬
َ‫ر‬ َ‫ص‬ َ‫ن‬ He helped َ‫ر‬ َ‫َص‬‫ن‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 47
In the base form for all 3 letter past tense verbs:
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ف‬ and ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ل‬ always have a ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ع‬ can have a ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬, ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬, or ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫َس‬‫ك‬
َ‫ر‬ َ‫ص‬ َ‫ن‬ َ‫ر‬ َ‫َص‬‫ن‬
َ‫ع‬ ِ‫م‬ َ‫س‬ He heard َ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬
َ‫م‬ ُ‫ر‬ َ‫ك‬ He became noble َ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬
Conjugation of Past Tense Verb
َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬
We’ve learnt before that the base form of the verb contains “he” or “it” (َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬) as the doer
(ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬), so َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ means “He left”. Within the base form, this ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬ is considered hidden (ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬),
i.e., there is no letter in the verb, which explicitly represents the ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬
Since this alif represents “They (2)”,
He/it َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬
In order to say “They (2) left”, an alif is added at the end
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 48
َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬‫ا‬ ++==‫ـ‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ـا‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬
Since this alif represents “They (2)”,
who did the action, it acts as the ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬
َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫و‬‫و‬ ++==‫ـ‬ُ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ‫ـ‬ُ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬This alif is called ِ‫ة‬َ‫ي‬‫ا‬َ‫ق‬ِ‫و‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ف‬ِ‫ل‬َٔ‫ا‬ (alif of
protection). It protects the ‫و‬from
being mistaken for the conjunction ‫و‬
(and). It is written but not pronounced
Notice the original ٌ‫ة‬َ‫تح‬َ‫ف‬ changed to a ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ once waw
was added. This is done for phonetic convenience as
‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ is easier to pronounce than ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬
They (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
They (>2) ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
In order to say “They (>2) left”, a waw is added at the end. This waw acts as the ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬
Conjugation of Past Tense Verb
َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫ت‬ْ‫ت‬ ++==ْ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬
The ِ‫يث‬ِ‫ن‬ْٔ‫ا‬َّ‫ت‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫ت‬ is not a ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬. Instead the
ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬ is considered hidden (ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬َ‫م‬) in this
form and is implied as “She/It (f)” (
َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬)
َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬She/It (f)
َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬
Since this alif represents “They (2)”,
In order to say “She left”, the base form of the verb is feminized by adding a ta of feminizing
( ِ‫يث‬ِ‫ن‬ْٔ‫ا‬َّ‫ت‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫ت‬)
In order to say “They (2, f) left”, an alif is added at the end of the feminized form
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 49
ْ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬‫ا‬ ++==‫ـ‬َ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ـا‬َ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬
Since this alif represents “They (2)”,
who did the action, it acts as the ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬ They (2,f) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ن‬َ‫ن‬ ++==ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ن‬
Since this َ‫ن‬ represents “They (>2,f)”,
who did the action, it acts as the ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬ They (>2,f) َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬
Notice the ٌ‫ة‬َ‫تح‬َ‫ف‬ on the 3rd radical changes to a ٌ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫س‬ in this case.
For the complete conjugation of past tense verb for all 14 pronouns, please see the next page
In order to say “They (>2, f) left”, a َ‫ن‬is added to the end
Conjugation of The Past Tense Verb
ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬ Suffix
He left َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ He
They (2) left َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫ا‬ ْ‫ا‬ ْ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (2)
They (>2) left ُ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ْ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (>2)
She left ْ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ ْ‫ت‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ She
They (2) left َ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫ا‬ ْ‫ا‬ ْ‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (2)
They (>2,f) left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ن‬ َ‫ن‬ َ‫ن‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ They (>2,f)
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 50
They (>2,f) left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ن‬ َ‫ن‬ َ‫ن‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ They (>2,f)
You left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ت‬ َ‫ت‬ َ‫ت‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You
You (2) left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You (2)
You (>2) left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You (>2)
You left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ِ‫ت‬ ِ‫ت‬ ِ‫ت‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You
You (2) left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You (2)
You (>2,f) left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You (>2,f)
I left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ُ‫ت‬ ُ‫ت‬ ُ‫ت‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ I
We left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬ We
Conjugation of The Past Tense Verb Examples
ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬ Suffix
َ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ َ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ َ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ He
َ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ْ‫ا‬ َ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ْ‫ا‬ َ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ْ‫ا‬ َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫ا‬ ْ‫ا‬ ْ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (2)
ُ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ْ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (>2)
ْ‫ت‬َ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ ْ‫ت‬َ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ ْ‫ت‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ ْ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ ْ‫ت‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ She
َ‫ت‬َ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ْ‫ا‬ َ‫ت‬َ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ْ‫ا‬ َ‫ت‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ْ‫ا‬ َ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫ا‬ ْ‫ا‬ ْ‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (2)
ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ن‬ َ‫ن‬ َ‫ن‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ They (>2)
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 51
ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ن‬ َ‫ن‬ َ‫ن‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ They (>2)
ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬َ‫ت‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬َ‫ت‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ت‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ت‬ َ‫ت‬ َ‫ت‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You
ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You (2)
ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You (>2)
ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ِ‫ت‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ِ‫ت‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ِ‫ت‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ِ‫ت‬ ِ‫ت‬ ِ‫ت‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You
ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You (2)
ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You (>2)
ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ُ‫ت‬ ُ‫ت‬ ُ‫ت‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ I
ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬ We
Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬)
Muhammad’s book.
ٍ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
His book
ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
His book
ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
Your book
َ‫ك‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
Your book
َ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
ُ‫ه‬ and َ‫ك‬ are attached
pronouns (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬)
+
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 52
Your book
َ‫ك‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
َ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
An attached pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬), when attached to a noun, is
always ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ and the noun it is attached to is ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
The attached pronoun in this case is always ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬
+
Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬)
From Muhammad
ٍ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬
ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬
Him From
ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬
ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬
From him
ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬
ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬
Them From
ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬
From them
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬
ُ‫ه‬ and ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ are attached
pronouns (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬)
+
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 53
Them From
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬
ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬
ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬
An attached pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬), when attached to a ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬
(preposition), is always ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬
+
Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) vs. Detached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬)
3rd Person
Masculine
Singular He, It ُ‫ه‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ئ‬‫ا‬َ‫غ‬
“Dual” They (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬
Plural They ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
Feminine
Singular She, It ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬“Dual” They (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬
Plural They َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ (Detached Pronoun)ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ (Attached Pronoun)
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 54
َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
2nd person
Masculine
Singular You َ‫ك‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ب‬َ‫ط‬‫ا‬َ‫خ‬ُ‫م‬
“Dual” You (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬
Plural You (>2) ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
Feminine
Singular You ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬“Dual” You (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬
Plural You (>2) َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
1st person Masc. & Fem.
Singular I ْ‫ي‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ِّ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬َ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬
Plural We ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) vs. Detached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬)
ُ‫ه‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬
َ‫ك‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬
Always ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ (definite)
Are ٌ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫م‬ (fixed)
Always ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ (nominative)
ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬
Always ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ (definite)
Are ٌ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫م‬ (fixed)
Always ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬ (genitive) or
ٌ‫وب‬ ُ‫نص‬َ‫م‬ (accusative)
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 55
َ‫ك‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ْ‫ي‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
‫َا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬
ٌ‫وب‬ ُ‫نص‬َ‫م‬
Can be attached to a noun,
verb or a particle
This ‫ي‬ is called ِ‫م‬ِّ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬َ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫ي‬ (ya-ul
mutakallim) – Ya of the first
person
Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) as ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ His ُ‫ه‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Their (2 mas.) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Their (>2 mas.) ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Her ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Their (2 fem) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Their (>2 fem) َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬
The ُ‫ة‬َ‫ط‬‫و‬ُ‫ب‬‫ر‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫ت‬‫ال‬ changes
to a ُ‫ة‬َ‫وح‬ُ‫ت‬‫ف‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫ت‬‫ال‬ when it
is followed by an
attached pronoun.
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 56
َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Their (>2 fem) َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬
َ‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ َ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your َ‫ك‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your (2 mas.) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your (>2 mas.) ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ِ‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ِ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your (fem) ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your (2 fem) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your (>2 fem) َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ My ْ‫ي‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Our ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬
The last letter of the
ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ gets a ٌ‫ة‬َ‫َسر‬‫ك‬ when
attached to ِ‫م‬ِّ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬َ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫ي‬. A
ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ on the last letter
would have made the
pronunciation difficult.
Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) with Special Nouns
ٌ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬
ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫ه‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬
ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬
ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬
Notice the extra ‫و‬ between
ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ and ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬. By same
token “Muhammad’s father”
will be ٍ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ ‫و‬ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬
ٌ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ are 2 of the 5 special
nouns, which take this extra ‫و‬.
Will learn the other later.
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 57
ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬
ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ك‬ َ‫ك‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ِ‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫ي‬ ِ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫ي‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬‫و‬‫ا‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬‫و‬‫ا‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬
Will learn the other later.
The rule for extra ‫و‬ does not
apply when these nouns are
followed by ِ‫م‬ِّ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬َ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫ي‬
ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬‫اس‬Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) as ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬‫اس‬
‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ه‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
َّ‫ن‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬
The ‫ورة‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫ق‬َ‫م‬ ‫ف‬ِ‫ل‬َٔ‫ا‬ at the end of ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬
changes to a ‫ي‬ (ya) when it is
followed by an attached
pronoun.
Also notice the change from ُ‫ه‬ to
ِ‫ه‬ for the attached pronoun.
Same is true for ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 58
َّ‫ن‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬
َ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ َ‫ك‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
َّ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ْ‫ي‬ِّ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ْ‫ي‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬
َّ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ = ْ‫ي‬ + ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬
‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬
Madinah-book-1-notes
Madinah-book-1-notes
Madinah-book-1-notes
Madinah-book-1-notes
Madinah-book-1-notes
Madinah-book-1-notes
Madinah-book-1-notes
Madinah-book-1-notes
Madinah-book-1-notes
Madinah-book-1-notes
Madinah-book-1-notes
Madinah-book-1-notes
Madinah-book-1-notes
Madinah-book-1-notes
Madinah-book-1-notes
Madinah-book-1-notes
Madinah-book-1-notes
Madinah-book-1-notes
Madinah-book-1-notes
Madinah-book-1-notes

Mais conteúdo relacionado

Mais procurados

Madinah Book 2 - Vocabulary
Madinah Book 2 - VocabularyMadinah Book 2 - Vocabulary
Madinah Book 2 - VocabularySonali Jannat
 
Madina book 1 vocabulary
Madina book 1 vocabularyMadina book 1 vocabulary
Madina book 1 vocabularySonali Jannat
 
Tajweed quran arb_eng_uthmani_audio
Tajweed quran arb_eng_uthmani_audioTajweed quran arb_eng_uthmani_audio
Tajweed quran arb_eng_uthmani_audiomhmas
 
Handouts book 1
Handouts book 1Handouts book 1
Handouts book 1Shahedur
 
Lam Lafz Al Jalalah- Tajweed Slide
Lam Lafz Al Jalalah- Tajweed SlideLam Lafz Al Jalalah- Tajweed Slide
Lam Lafz Al Jalalah- Tajweed SlideBananMahmaljyObeid
 
Arabic Past, Present and Future Tenses, and Possessive pronouns
Arabic Past, Present and Future Tenses, and Possessive pronouns Arabic Past, Present and Future Tenses, and Possessive pronouns
Arabic Past, Present and Future Tenses, and Possessive pronouns Mohammad Shamsul Hoque Siddique
 
Madina book 2 arabic solutions
Madina book 2 arabic solutionsMadina book 2 arabic solutions
Madina book 2 arabic solutionsMansour1
 
Madinah Arabic Reader Book1
Madinah Arabic Reader Book1 Madinah Arabic Reader Book1
Madinah Arabic Reader Book1 Sonali Jannat
 
Arabic 1: basics on nouns
Arabic 1: basics on nouns Arabic 1: basics on nouns
Arabic 1: basics on nouns Mohamed ZAIM
 
Madeenah Book-1 (Grammar Rules)
Madeenah Book-1 (Grammar Rules)Madeenah Book-1 (Grammar Rules)
Madeenah Book-1 (Grammar Rules)Zaffer Khan
 
Madinah Arabic - Book 1 Lesson 1 (for children)
Madinah Arabic - Book 1 Lesson 1 (for children)Madinah Arabic - Book 1 Lesson 1 (for children)
Madinah Arabic - Book 1 Lesson 1 (for children)Islamic Homeschooling
 
Arabic grammar made easy belal philips
Arabic grammar made easy  belal philipsArabic grammar made easy  belal philips
Arabic grammar made easy belal philipsSonali Jannat
 
Arabic 2: basics-on-verbs
Arabic 2: basics-on-verbs Arabic 2: basics-on-verbs
Arabic 2: basics-on-verbs Mohamed ZAIM
 
Top 100 Arabic Verbs used in Daily in Modern Standard Arabic Part 1 (Letter A...
Top 100 Arabic Verbs used in Daily in Modern Standard Arabic Part 1 (Letter A...Top 100 Arabic Verbs used in Daily in Modern Standard Arabic Part 1 (Letter A...
Top 100 Arabic Verbs used in Daily in Modern Standard Arabic Part 1 (Letter A...Arabeya Arabic Language Center
 
Articulation Points of Arabic Alphabet Letters, Makharij ul Huruf
Articulation Points of Arabic Alphabet Letters, Makharij ul HurufArticulation Points of Arabic Alphabet Letters, Makharij ul Huruf
Articulation Points of Arabic Alphabet Letters, Makharij ul HurufOnline Islamic Classes
 

Mais procurados (20)

Madinah Book 2 - Vocabulary
Madinah Book 2 - VocabularyMadinah Book 2 - Vocabulary
Madinah Book 2 - Vocabulary
 
Madina book 1 vocabulary
Madina book 1 vocabularyMadina book 1 vocabulary
Madina book 1 vocabulary
 
Tajweed quran arb_eng_uthmani_audio
Tajweed quran arb_eng_uthmani_audioTajweed quran arb_eng_uthmani_audio
Tajweed quran arb_eng_uthmani_audio
 
The Present tense in Modern Standard Arabic
The Present tense in Modern Standard Arabic The Present tense in Modern Standard Arabic
The Present tense in Modern Standard Arabic
 
Handouts book 1
Handouts book 1Handouts book 1
Handouts book 1
 
Modern Standard Arabic Verbs (Part 2)
Modern Standard Arabic Verbs (Part 2)Modern Standard Arabic Verbs (Part 2)
Modern Standard Arabic Verbs (Part 2)
 
Lam Lafz Al Jalalah- Tajweed Slide
Lam Lafz Al Jalalah- Tajweed SlideLam Lafz Al Jalalah- Tajweed Slide
Lam Lafz Al Jalalah- Tajweed Slide
 
Arabic Past, Present and Future Tenses, and Possessive pronouns
Arabic Past, Present and Future Tenses, and Possessive pronouns Arabic Past, Present and Future Tenses, and Possessive pronouns
Arabic Past, Present and Future Tenses, and Possessive pronouns
 
Simplified Rules of Tajweed
Simplified Rules of TajweedSimplified Rules of Tajweed
Simplified Rules of Tajweed
 
Madina book 2 arabic solutions
Madina book 2 arabic solutionsMadina book 2 arabic solutions
Madina book 2 arabic solutions
 
Question Words
Question WordsQuestion Words
Question Words
 
Madinah Arabic Reader Book1
Madinah Arabic Reader Book1 Madinah Arabic Reader Book1
Madinah Arabic Reader Book1
 
Arabic 1: basics on nouns
Arabic 1: basics on nouns Arabic 1: basics on nouns
Arabic 1: basics on nouns
 
Madeenah Book-1 (Grammar Rules)
Madeenah Book-1 (Grammar Rules)Madeenah Book-1 (Grammar Rules)
Madeenah Book-1 (Grammar Rules)
 
Madinah Arabic - Book 1 Lesson 1 (for children)
Madinah Arabic - Book 1 Lesson 1 (for children)Madinah Arabic - Book 1 Lesson 1 (for children)
Madinah Arabic - Book 1 Lesson 1 (for children)
 
Arabic grammar made easy belal philips
Arabic grammar made easy  belal philipsArabic grammar made easy  belal philips
Arabic grammar made easy belal philips
 
Arabic 2: basics-on-verbs
Arabic 2: basics-on-verbs Arabic 2: basics-on-verbs
Arabic 2: basics-on-verbs
 
Articulation points of Arabic alphabet
Articulation points of Arabic alphabetArticulation points of Arabic alphabet
Articulation points of Arabic alphabet
 
Top 100 Arabic Verbs used in Daily in Modern Standard Arabic Part 1 (Letter A...
Top 100 Arabic Verbs used in Daily in Modern Standard Arabic Part 1 (Letter A...Top 100 Arabic Verbs used in Daily in Modern Standard Arabic Part 1 (Letter A...
Top 100 Arabic Verbs used in Daily in Modern Standard Arabic Part 1 (Letter A...
 
Articulation Points of Arabic Alphabet Letters, Makharij ul Huruf
Articulation Points of Arabic Alphabet Letters, Makharij ul HurufArticulation Points of Arabic Alphabet Letters, Makharij ul Huruf
Articulation Points of Arabic Alphabet Letters, Makharij ul Huruf
 

Semelhante a Madinah-book-1-notes

Handouts for madina book-1
Handouts for madina book-1Handouts for madina book-1
Handouts for madina book-1Sonali Jannat
 
Madinah-book-3-notes-v8
Madinah-book-3-notes-v8Madinah-book-3-notes-v8
Madinah-book-3-notes-v8Sonali Jannat
 
2 the-nouns-in-arabic
2 the-nouns-in-arabic2 the-nouns-in-arabic
2 the-nouns-in-arabicMohammad Ali
 
1. Class presentation1.pdf
1. Class presentation1.pdf1. Class presentation1.pdf
1. Class presentation1.pdfssuser5d418d
 
English we use (the) ) before the definite nouns but in Arabic we useالَ befo...
English we use (the) ) before the definite nouns but in Arabic we useالَ befo...English we use (the) ) before the definite nouns but in Arabic we useالَ befo...
English we use (the) ) before the definite nouns but in Arabic we useالَ befo...ssuser1b2e21
 
4 past-tense-verb7
4 past-tense-verb74 past-tense-verb7
4 past-tense-verb7Mohammad Ali
 
Arabic level-0-class-2
Arabic level-0-class-2Arabic level-0-class-2
Arabic level-0-class-2Mohammad Ali
 
Madinah-book-2-notes-v7
Madinah-book-2-notes-v7Madinah-book-2-notes-v7
Madinah-book-2-notes-v7Sonali Jannat
 
Nahw +10 day+wb+final
Nahw +10 day+wb+finalNahw +10 day+wb+final
Nahw +10 day+wb+finalAasma Nawab
 
Arabic level-0-class-4
Arabic level-0-class-4Arabic level-0-class-4
Arabic level-0-class-4Mohammad Ali
 
Lesson 4 | Introduction to Sorf | Learn Arabic to Understand the Quran for Al...
Lesson 4 | Introduction to Sorf | Learn Arabic to Understand the Quran for Al...Lesson 4 | Introduction to Sorf | Learn Arabic to Understand the Quran for Al...
Lesson 4 | Introduction to Sorf | Learn Arabic to Understand the Quran for Al...E-Learning Centre
 
Arabic level-0-class-5
Arabic level-0-class-5Arabic level-0-class-5
Arabic level-0-class-5Mohammad Ali
 

Semelhante a Madinah-book-1-notes (19)

Urdu Alphabet.doc
Urdu Alphabet.docUrdu Alphabet.doc
Urdu Alphabet.doc
 
Handouts for madina book-1
Handouts for madina book-1Handouts for madina book-1
Handouts for madina book-1
 
Arabic
ArabicArabic
Arabic
 
Madinah-book-3-notes-v8
Madinah-book-3-notes-v8Madinah-book-3-notes-v8
Madinah-book-3-notes-v8
 
2 the-nouns-in-arabic
2 the-nouns-in-arabic2 the-nouns-in-arabic
2 the-nouns-in-arabic
 
1. Class presentation1.pdf
1. Class presentation1.pdf1. Class presentation1.pdf
1. Class presentation1.pdf
 
Arabic Grammar
Arabic GrammarArabic Grammar
Arabic Grammar
 
English we use (the) ) before the definite nouns but in Arabic we useالَ befo...
English we use (the) ) before the definite nouns but in Arabic we useالَ befo...English we use (the) ) before the definite nouns but in Arabic we useالَ befo...
English we use (the) ) before the definite nouns but in Arabic we useالَ befo...
 
4 past-tense-verb7
4 past-tense-verb74 past-tense-verb7
4 past-tense-verb7
 
Arabic level-0-class-2
Arabic level-0-class-2Arabic level-0-class-2
Arabic level-0-class-2
 
Madinah-book-2-notes-v7
Madinah-book-2-notes-v7Madinah-book-2-notes-v7
Madinah-book-2-notes-v7
 
Nahw +10 day+wb+final
Nahw +10 day+wb+finalNahw +10 day+wb+final
Nahw +10 day+wb+final
 
Learnquran
LearnquranLearnquran
Learnquran
 
Arabic level-0-class-4
Arabic level-0-class-4Arabic level-0-class-4
Arabic level-0-class-4
 
Lesson 4 | Introduction to Sorf | Learn Arabic to Understand the Quran for Al...
Lesson 4 | Introduction to Sorf | Learn Arabic to Understand the Quran for Al...Lesson 4 | Introduction to Sorf | Learn Arabic to Understand the Quran for Al...
Lesson 4 | Introduction to Sorf | Learn Arabic to Understand the Quran for Al...
 
AoA_ past_tense
AoA_ past_tenseAoA_ past_tense
AoA_ past_tense
 
Arabic level-0-class-5
Arabic level-0-class-5Arabic level-0-class-5
Arabic level-0-class-5
 
Arabic alphabet and their shapes
Arabic alphabet and their shapesArabic alphabet and their shapes
Arabic alphabet and their shapes
 
Arabic lesson 1
Arabic  lesson 1Arabic  lesson 1
Arabic lesson 1
 

Mais de Sonali Jannat

nahw al_wadhiah_primary
nahw al_wadhiah_primarynahw al_wadhiah_primary
nahw al_wadhiah_primarySonali Jannat
 
lme din_orjoner_poddhoti
lme din_orjoner_poddhotilme din_orjoner_poddhoti
lme din_orjoner_poddhotiSonali Jannat
 
talimut tawhid_lil_atfal
 talimut tawhid_lil_atfal talimut tawhid_lil_atfal
talimut tawhid_lil_atfalSonali Jannat
 
hayez o_nefas-er_60_ti_prosno
hayez o_nefas-er_60_ti_prosnohayez o_nefas-er_60_ti_prosno
hayez o_nefas-er_60_ti_prosnoSonali Jannat
 
Noorani qaida english
Noorani qaida englishNoorani qaida english
Noorani qaida englishSonali Jannat
 
Articulation points-of-the-letters- makhraj
Articulation points-of-the-letters- makhrajArticulation points-of-the-letters- makhraj
Articulation points-of-the-letters- makhrajSonali Jannat
 
Reach The Goal via Tajweed Rules
Reach The Goal via Tajweed RulesReach The Goal via Tajweed Rules
Reach The Goal via Tajweed RulesSonali Jannat
 
Ammapara with Tajweed
Ammapara with TajweedAmmapara with Tajweed
Ammapara with TajweedSonali Jannat
 
Ak shobde quran shikha
Ak shobde quran shikhaAk shobde quran shikha
Ak shobde quran shikhaSonali Jannat
 
Step by-step-hazz-guide
Step by-step-hazz-guideStep by-step-hazz-guide
Step by-step-hazz-guideSonali Jannat
 
Arabic phonotice kerboard
Arabic phonotice kerboardArabic phonotice kerboard
Arabic phonotice kerboardSonali Jannat
 
Quran onudhabon asadullah galib
Quran onudhabon   asadullah galibQuran onudhabon   asadullah galib
Quran onudhabon asadullah galibSonali Jannat
 
Tibbe nobobi medicalscienceofmuhammadsaws-part1
Tibbe nobobi medicalscienceofmuhammadsaws-part1Tibbe nobobi medicalscienceofmuhammadsaws-part1
Tibbe nobobi medicalscienceofmuhammadsaws-part1Sonali Jannat
 
How-to-memorize-the-quran
How-to-memorize-the-quranHow-to-memorize-the-quran
How-to-memorize-the-quranSonali Jannat
 

Mais de Sonali Jannat (20)

nahw al_wadhiah_primary
nahw al_wadhiah_primarynahw al_wadhiah_primary
nahw al_wadhiah_primary
 
lme din_orjoner_poddhoti
lme din_orjoner_poddhotilme din_orjoner_poddhoti
lme din_orjoner_poddhoti
 
Eehyaus sunan
Eehyaus sunanEehyaus sunan
Eehyaus sunan
 
talimut tawhid_lil_atfal
 talimut tawhid_lil_atfal talimut tawhid_lil_atfal
talimut tawhid_lil_atfal
 
hayez o_nefas-er_60_ti_prosno
hayez o_nefas-er_60_ti_prosnohayez o_nefas-er_60_ti_prosno
hayez o_nefas-er_60_ti_prosno
 
Noorani qaida
Noorani qaidaNoorani qaida
Noorani qaida
 
Noorani qaida english
Noorani qaida englishNoorani qaida english
Noorani qaida english
 
Articulation points-of-the-letters- makhraj
Articulation points-of-the-letters- makhrajArticulation points-of-the-letters- makhraj
Articulation points-of-the-letters- makhraj
 
Madani quida
Madani quidaMadani quida
Madani quida
 
Reach The Goal via Tajweed Rules
Reach The Goal via Tajweed RulesReach The Goal via Tajweed Rules
Reach The Goal via Tajweed Rules
 
Ammapara with Tajweed
Ammapara with TajweedAmmapara with Tajweed
Ammapara with Tajweed
 
Ak shobde quran shikha
Ak shobde quran shikhaAk shobde quran shikha
Ak shobde quran shikha
 
Quranic dua
Quranic duaQuranic dua
Quranic dua
 
Sarf
Sarf Sarf
Sarf
 
Littilmidz 3
Littilmidz 3Littilmidz 3
Littilmidz 3
 
Step by-step-hazz-guide
Step by-step-hazz-guideStep by-step-hazz-guide
Step by-step-hazz-guide
 
Arabic phonotice kerboard
Arabic phonotice kerboardArabic phonotice kerboard
Arabic phonotice kerboard
 
Quran onudhabon asadullah galib
Quran onudhabon   asadullah galibQuran onudhabon   asadullah galib
Quran onudhabon asadullah galib
 
Tibbe nobobi medicalscienceofmuhammadsaws-part1
Tibbe nobobi medicalscienceofmuhammadsaws-part1Tibbe nobobi medicalscienceofmuhammadsaws-part1
Tibbe nobobi medicalscienceofmuhammadsaws-part1
 
How-to-memorize-the-quran
How-to-memorize-the-quranHow-to-memorize-the-quran
How-to-memorize-the-quran
 

Último

The basics of sentences session 3pptx.pptx
The basics of sentences session 3pptx.pptxThe basics of sentences session 3pptx.pptx
The basics of sentences session 3pptx.pptxheathfieldcps1
 
General Principles of Intellectual Property: Concepts of Intellectual Proper...
General Principles of Intellectual Property: Concepts of Intellectual  Proper...General Principles of Intellectual Property: Concepts of Intellectual  Proper...
General Principles of Intellectual Property: Concepts of Intellectual Proper...Poonam Aher Patil
 
Introduction to Nonprofit Accounting: The Basics
Introduction to Nonprofit Accounting: The BasicsIntroduction to Nonprofit Accounting: The Basics
Introduction to Nonprofit Accounting: The BasicsTechSoup
 
Russian Escort Service in Delhi 11k Hotel Foreigner Russian Call Girls in Delhi
Russian Escort Service in Delhi 11k Hotel Foreigner Russian Call Girls in DelhiRussian Escort Service in Delhi 11k Hotel Foreigner Russian Call Girls in Delhi
Russian Escort Service in Delhi 11k Hotel Foreigner Russian Call Girls in Delhikauryashika82
 
Dyslexia AI Workshop for Slideshare.pptx
Dyslexia AI Workshop for Slideshare.pptxDyslexia AI Workshop for Slideshare.pptx
Dyslexia AI Workshop for Slideshare.pptxcallscotland1987
 
UGC NET Paper 1 Mathematical Reasoning & Aptitude.pdf
UGC NET Paper 1 Mathematical Reasoning & Aptitude.pdfUGC NET Paper 1 Mathematical Reasoning & Aptitude.pdf
UGC NET Paper 1 Mathematical Reasoning & Aptitude.pdfNirmal Dwivedi
 
Activity 01 - Artificial Culture (1).pdf
Activity 01 - Artificial Culture (1).pdfActivity 01 - Artificial Culture (1).pdf
Activity 01 - Artificial Culture (1).pdfciinovamais
 
Unit-V; Pricing (Pharma Marketing Management).pptx
Unit-V; Pricing (Pharma Marketing Management).pptxUnit-V; Pricing (Pharma Marketing Management).pptx
Unit-V; Pricing (Pharma Marketing Management).pptxVishalSingh1417
 
SKILL OF INTRODUCING THE LESSON MICRO SKILLS.pptx
SKILL OF INTRODUCING THE LESSON MICRO SKILLS.pptxSKILL OF INTRODUCING THE LESSON MICRO SKILLS.pptx
SKILL OF INTRODUCING THE LESSON MICRO SKILLS.pptxAmanpreet Kaur
 
psychiatric nursing HISTORY COLLECTION .docx
psychiatric  nursing HISTORY  COLLECTION  .docxpsychiatric  nursing HISTORY  COLLECTION  .docx
psychiatric nursing HISTORY COLLECTION .docxPoojaSen20
 
Understanding Accommodations and Modifications
Understanding  Accommodations and ModificationsUnderstanding  Accommodations and Modifications
Understanding Accommodations and ModificationsMJDuyan
 
Basic Civil Engineering first year Notes- Chapter 4 Building.pptx
Basic Civil Engineering first year Notes- Chapter 4 Building.pptxBasic Civil Engineering first year Notes- Chapter 4 Building.pptx
Basic Civil Engineering first year Notes- Chapter 4 Building.pptxDenish Jangid
 
Python Notes for mca i year students osmania university.docx
Python Notes for mca i year students osmania university.docxPython Notes for mca i year students osmania university.docx
Python Notes for mca i year students osmania university.docxRamakrishna Reddy Bijjam
 
ICT Role in 21st Century Education & its Challenges.pptx
ICT Role in 21st Century Education & its Challenges.pptxICT Role in 21st Century Education & its Challenges.pptx
ICT Role in 21st Century Education & its Challenges.pptxAreebaZafar22
 
How to Manage Global Discount in Odoo 17 POS
How to Manage Global Discount in Odoo 17 POSHow to Manage Global Discount in Odoo 17 POS
How to Manage Global Discount in Odoo 17 POSCeline George
 
This PowerPoint helps students to consider the concept of infinity.
This PowerPoint helps students to consider the concept of infinity.This PowerPoint helps students to consider the concept of infinity.
This PowerPoint helps students to consider the concept of infinity.christianmathematics
 
SOC 101 Demonstration of Learning Presentation
SOC 101 Demonstration of Learning PresentationSOC 101 Demonstration of Learning Presentation
SOC 101 Demonstration of Learning Presentationcamerronhm
 
Magic bus Group work1and 2 (Team 3).pptx
Magic bus Group work1and 2 (Team 3).pptxMagic bus Group work1and 2 (Team 3).pptx
Magic bus Group work1and 2 (Team 3).pptxdhanalakshmis0310
 
Unit-IV- Pharma. Marketing Channels.pptx
Unit-IV- Pharma. Marketing Channels.pptxUnit-IV- Pharma. Marketing Channels.pptx
Unit-IV- Pharma. Marketing Channels.pptxVishalSingh1417
 

Último (20)

The basics of sentences session 3pptx.pptx
The basics of sentences session 3pptx.pptxThe basics of sentences session 3pptx.pptx
The basics of sentences session 3pptx.pptx
 
General Principles of Intellectual Property: Concepts of Intellectual Proper...
General Principles of Intellectual Property: Concepts of Intellectual  Proper...General Principles of Intellectual Property: Concepts of Intellectual  Proper...
General Principles of Intellectual Property: Concepts of Intellectual Proper...
 
Introduction to Nonprofit Accounting: The Basics
Introduction to Nonprofit Accounting: The BasicsIntroduction to Nonprofit Accounting: The Basics
Introduction to Nonprofit Accounting: The Basics
 
Russian Escort Service in Delhi 11k Hotel Foreigner Russian Call Girls in Delhi
Russian Escort Service in Delhi 11k Hotel Foreigner Russian Call Girls in DelhiRussian Escort Service in Delhi 11k Hotel Foreigner Russian Call Girls in Delhi
Russian Escort Service in Delhi 11k Hotel Foreigner Russian Call Girls in Delhi
 
Dyslexia AI Workshop for Slideshare.pptx
Dyslexia AI Workshop for Slideshare.pptxDyslexia AI Workshop for Slideshare.pptx
Dyslexia AI Workshop for Slideshare.pptx
 
UGC NET Paper 1 Mathematical Reasoning & Aptitude.pdf
UGC NET Paper 1 Mathematical Reasoning & Aptitude.pdfUGC NET Paper 1 Mathematical Reasoning & Aptitude.pdf
UGC NET Paper 1 Mathematical Reasoning & Aptitude.pdf
 
Activity 01 - Artificial Culture (1).pdf
Activity 01 - Artificial Culture (1).pdfActivity 01 - Artificial Culture (1).pdf
Activity 01 - Artificial Culture (1).pdf
 
Unit-V; Pricing (Pharma Marketing Management).pptx
Unit-V; Pricing (Pharma Marketing Management).pptxUnit-V; Pricing (Pharma Marketing Management).pptx
Unit-V; Pricing (Pharma Marketing Management).pptx
 
SKILL OF INTRODUCING THE LESSON MICRO SKILLS.pptx
SKILL OF INTRODUCING THE LESSON MICRO SKILLS.pptxSKILL OF INTRODUCING THE LESSON MICRO SKILLS.pptx
SKILL OF INTRODUCING THE LESSON MICRO SKILLS.pptx
 
psychiatric nursing HISTORY COLLECTION .docx
psychiatric  nursing HISTORY  COLLECTION  .docxpsychiatric  nursing HISTORY  COLLECTION  .docx
psychiatric nursing HISTORY COLLECTION .docx
 
Understanding Accommodations and Modifications
Understanding  Accommodations and ModificationsUnderstanding  Accommodations and Modifications
Understanding Accommodations and Modifications
 
Basic Civil Engineering first year Notes- Chapter 4 Building.pptx
Basic Civil Engineering first year Notes- Chapter 4 Building.pptxBasic Civil Engineering first year Notes- Chapter 4 Building.pptx
Basic Civil Engineering first year Notes- Chapter 4 Building.pptx
 
Python Notes for mca i year students osmania university.docx
Python Notes for mca i year students osmania university.docxPython Notes for mca i year students osmania university.docx
Python Notes for mca i year students osmania university.docx
 
Mehran University Newsletter Vol-X, Issue-I, 2024
Mehran University Newsletter Vol-X, Issue-I, 2024Mehran University Newsletter Vol-X, Issue-I, 2024
Mehran University Newsletter Vol-X, Issue-I, 2024
 
ICT Role in 21st Century Education & its Challenges.pptx
ICT Role in 21st Century Education & its Challenges.pptxICT Role in 21st Century Education & its Challenges.pptx
ICT Role in 21st Century Education & its Challenges.pptx
 
How to Manage Global Discount in Odoo 17 POS
How to Manage Global Discount in Odoo 17 POSHow to Manage Global Discount in Odoo 17 POS
How to Manage Global Discount in Odoo 17 POS
 
This PowerPoint helps students to consider the concept of infinity.
This PowerPoint helps students to consider the concept of infinity.This PowerPoint helps students to consider the concept of infinity.
This PowerPoint helps students to consider the concept of infinity.
 
SOC 101 Demonstration of Learning Presentation
SOC 101 Demonstration of Learning PresentationSOC 101 Demonstration of Learning Presentation
SOC 101 Demonstration of Learning Presentation
 
Magic bus Group work1and 2 (Team 3).pptx
Magic bus Group work1and 2 (Team 3).pptxMagic bus Group work1and 2 (Team 3).pptx
Magic bus Group work1and 2 (Team 3).pptx
 
Unit-IV- Pharma. Marketing Channels.pptx
Unit-IV- Pharma. Marketing Channels.pptxUnit-IV- Pharma. Marketing Channels.pptx
Unit-IV- Pharma. Marketing Channels.pptx
 

Madinah-book-1-notes

  • 1. LQ Mississauga Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 1 Parts of Speech 9 ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬َ‫و‬ ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ 17 The Relative Pronoun (ُ‫ل‬‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬) 2 Arabic Alphabets 10 Preposition (ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫رف‬َ‫ح‬) & Genitive case ( ) 18 The Past Tense Verb (‫ي‬ِ‫اض‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ال‬) Topics 1 ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫رف‬َ‫ح‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫اض‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ال‬ 3 Arabic Vowel Signs 11 Detached Pronoun ( ) 19 Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) 4 Indefinite vs. Definite 12 20 ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫خ‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬‫ب‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫م‬َّ‫د‬َ‫ق‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ 5 This (‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬) vs. That ( َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬) 13 Gender Introduction 21 Plural (ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬) 6 Solar vs. Lunar Letters 14 Substitute (ٌ‫ل‬َ‫د‬َ‫ب‬) 22 Numbers (ٌ‫د‬‫َا‬‫د‬ْ‫ع‬َٔ‫ا‬) 7 Noun Endings 15 Adverb ( ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬) 23 The Diptote ( ِ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬ َّ‫الص‬ َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ُ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ن‬ْ‫م‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬) 8 Nominal Sentence Intro 16 Adjective ( ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬) 24 Types of predicate (ِ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫الخ‬ ُ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬)
  • 2. Revision History Date Ver Author Revision Comments Nov. 23, 2012 1 Zahid Naeem Consolidated Part 1 thru 5 as one set Dec. 17, 2012 2 Zahid Naeem Added some more pages for past tense verb Feb. 2, 2013 3 Zahid Naeem Modified some pages for plurals Mar. 21, 2013 4 Zahid Naeem Added some pages for irrational plurals Apr. 25, 2013 5 Zahid Naeem Added some pages for diptotes Nov. 3, 2013 6 Zahid Naeem Modified the slide for types of khabar Sep. 10, 2014 7 Zahid Naeem Minor fixes for typos (‫مذكر‬) LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 2 Mar. 24, 2015 8 Zahid Naeem Fixed a number of typos ِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ ِ‫يل‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫س‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬There are no copyrights reserved for this material. You may make copies and distribute them Fi Sabilillah – ِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ ِ‫يل‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫س‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ Report any errors, omissions or suggestions to lqmississauga@gmail.com
  • 3. Parts of Speech – English vs. Arabic English has eight parts of speech 1. Noun (A word which refers to a person, a place, or a thing, e.g. teacher, town, bus) 2. Pronoun (A word like he, they, and we used to replace a noun) 3. Adjective (A word that describes a noun, e.g. a tall man) 4. Adverb (A word that gives additional information about how, when or where an action takes place, e.g. He walked slowly, They will arrive tomorrow) 5. Interjection (A word that is independent of other words and is used as is, e.g. hello and hi) 6. Verb (The action or doing word, e.g. sleep, eat, drink) LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 7. Conjunction (A word joining two clauses in a sentence, e.g. and, because, but) 8. Preposition(A word used to relate a noun or pronoun to some other part, e.g. of, at) Arabic has only three parts of speech 1. Noun ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ 2. Verb ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ 3. Particle ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ 3
  • 4. Parts of Speech – English vs. Arabic English Arabic Noun Noun ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ Pronoun Adjective Adverb LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 4 Interjection Verb Verb ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ Conjunction Particle ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ Preposition
  • 5. Arabic Alphabets Arabic has 29 letters of alphabet 28 Consonants (have speech sound) Alif - serves two purposes Elongates a consonant, e.g. ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Act as a bearer of ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ (hamza), e.g. ٌ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 5 ‫ر‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫د‬ ‫خ‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ث‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬ 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 ‫ف‬ ‫غ‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ظ‬ ‫ط‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ص‬ ‫ش‬ ‫س‬ ‫ز‬ 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 ‫ء‬ ‫ي‬ ‫و‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ن‬ ‫م‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ق‬ 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21
  • 6. Arabic Vowel Signs Name Sign Sound Example Dammah (ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) ‫ـ‬ُ‫ـ‬‫ـ‬ “u” ُ‫م‬ٌ‫س‬ِ‫د‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ه‬ Fathah (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬) ‫ـ‬َ‫ـ‬‫ـ‬ “a” ُ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ٌ‫س‬ِ‫د‬ْ‫ن‬ Kasrah (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫َس‬‫ك‬) ‫ـ‬ِ‫ـ‬‫ـ‬ “i” ْ‫ن‬َ‫ه‬ُ‫م‬ِ‫د‬ٌ‫س‬ Arabic has 3 short vowels Long Vowel Sound Example LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 6 Long Vowel Sound Example ‫و‬ to elongate Dammah (ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) “û” ْ‫ف‬َ‫م‬‫ـو‬ُ‫ت‬ٌ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ to elongate Fathah (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬) “â” ‫ـا‬َ‫ب‬ٌ‫ب‬ ‫ي‬ to elongate Kasrah (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫َس‬‫ك‬) “î” َ‫ق‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ٌ‫ص‬ Long vowels are formed by adding the associated letters to the short vowels Name Sign Example Sukûn (ٌ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫س‬) ‫ـ‬ْ‫ـ‬‫ـ‬ َ‫م‬ْ‫ك‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫س‬ٌ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫س‬ Absence of a vowel sign is denoted by Sukûn (ٌ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫س‬)
  • 7. Indefinite & Definite Like English, Arabic nouns can be indefinite (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫َك‬‫ن‬) or definite (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬) An indefinite noun is indicated by ٌ‫ن‬‫ِي‬‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬, which doubles the vowel sign at the end of the word, e.g. A book – ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ A chair - ٌّ‫ي‬ِ‫س‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫ك‬ A Definite noun is indicated by ‫ـ‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ prefixed to the noun. This also results in LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) A Definite noun is indicated by ‫ـ‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ prefixed to the noun. This also results in eliminating the ٌ‫ن‬‫ِي‬‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬ at the end of the word, e.g. The book - ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ The chair - ُّ‫ي‬ ِ‫س‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ ‫ـ‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ and ٌ‫ن‬‫ِي‬‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬ cannot coexist. So ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ will be incorrect Please note many proper nouns, e.g. ٌ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬,ٌ‫د‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫خ‬ end with ٌ‫ن‬‫ِي‬‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬, but they are still definite 7
  • 8. ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬This (‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬) vs. That ( َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬) ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ب‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬That is a door ( ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ب‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬) Demonstrative pronoun ( ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬ َ‫ش‬ ِٕ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬) ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ : ِ‫ِيب‬‫ر‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬ َ‫ش‬ ِٕ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬ : ِ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬ َ‫ش‬ ِٕ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ Like all pronouns, these are definite These are masculine , i.e. these are used when pointing to masculine nouns They have feminine counterparts – will learn later ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ and َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬ are pronounced as ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ and َ‫ك‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ذ‬ respectively, LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 8 This is a book ( ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬)This is a book ( ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬) ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ and َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬ are pronounced as ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ and َ‫ك‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ذ‬ respectively, but are written without the alif
  • 9. ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬What (‫ا‬َ‫م‬) vs. Who ( ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ Meaning “What” “Who” Usage Used for irrational things (ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫غ‬), e.g. non-living things, animals, plants etc. Used for rational beings (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬). These include Allah (‫ى‬َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ت‬َ‫و‬ ُ‫ه‬َ‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫بح‬ُ‫س‬), humans beings, jinns, and angels. LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 9 etc. jinns, and angels. Example What is this? (‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬) Who is this? (‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬)
  • 10. Particle of Interrogation and Answer This is a house ( ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬) Is this a house? (‫؟‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬َٔ‫ا‬) Prefixing َٔ‫ا‬ to a statement turns it into a question Used in this context َٔ‫ا‬ is called ِ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ْ‫ف‬ِ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ (particle of interrogation) ‫لا‬ means “no” ْ‫م‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ means “yes” LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 10 ْ‫م‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ means “yes” ‫لا‬ and ْ‫م‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ are called ِ‫اب‬َ‫و‬َ‫الج‬ ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫ح‬ (particles of answer)
  • 11. ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َّ‫الش‬ ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬ Solar Letters ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َّ‫الش‬ ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬ ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬ Lunar Letters ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬ ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬ Solar vs. Lunar Letters (1 of 2) 28 Consonant Letters 1414 ‫ال‬َّ‫ش‬ُ‫س‬ْ‫م‬ ‫ال‬َ‫ق‬ُ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ This distinction is only for pronunciation of words starting with these letters when prefixed with ‫الـ‬ (the definite article) LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 11 ‫ال‬َّ‫ش‬ُ‫س‬ْ‫م‬ ‫ال‬َ‫ق‬ُ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ The letter ‫ل‬ IS NOT pronounced. The correct pronunciation is ash-shamsu, not al-shamsu The letter ‫ل‬ IS pronounced. The pronunciation is al-qamaru ‫ل‬ shaddah on the solar letter The assimilation of ‫ل‬is indicated by the shaddah on the solar letter No shaddah is necessary on the lunar letter Articulation of solar letters involves the tip of the tongue, e.g., ‫ت‬,‫س‬,‫ش‬,‫ن‬,‫ر‬ Tip of the tongue plays no role for lunar letters, e.g., ‫ب‬,‫ق‬,‫م‬,‫ك‬,‫و‬ ‫ش‬‫ش‬is an example of a solar letter ‫ق‬‫ق‬is an example of a lunar letter
  • 12. Solar vs. Lunar Letters (2 of 2) ُ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َّ‫الش‬ ‫ش‬ ُ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َّ‫ت‬‫ال‬ ‫ت‬ ُ‫ر‬ْ‫د‬ َّ‫الص‬ ‫ص‬ ُ‫ب‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ث‬‫ال‬ ‫ث‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ي‬ َّ‫الض‬ ‫ض‬ ُ‫ِّيك‬‫د‬‫ال‬ ‫د‬ ُ‫م‬َ‫ف‬‫ال‬ ‫ف‬ ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬‫ال‬ ٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬ ‫ق‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫الب‬ ‫ب‬ ُ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬‫ال‬ ‫ك‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫الج‬ ‫ج‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 12 ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ي‬ َّ‫الض‬ ‫ض‬ ُ‫ِّيك‬‫د‬‫ال‬ ‫د‬ ُ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َّ‫ط‬‫ال‬ ‫ط‬ ُ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َّ‫ذ‬‫ال‬ ‫ذ‬ ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ه‬َّ‫ظ‬‫ال‬ ‫ظ‬ ُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬ ‫ر‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫ح‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ ‫ل‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ه‬َّ‫ز‬‫ال‬ ‫ز‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫ج‬َّ‫ن‬‫ال‬ ‫ن‬ ُ‫ك‬َ‫م‬َّ‫الس‬ ‫س‬ ُ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬‫ال‬ ‫ك‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫الج‬ ‫ج‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫م‬ ُ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ِ‫الح‬ ‫ح‬ ُ‫د‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬‫ال‬ ‫و‬ ُ‫ز‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫الخ‬ ‫خ‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫و‬َ‫اله‬ ‫ه‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ع‬‫ال‬ ‫ع‬ ُ‫د‬َ‫الي‬ ‫ي‬ ُ‫َاء‬‫د‬َ‫غ‬‫ال‬ ‫غ‬
  • 13. Noun Endings In Arabic, nouns have different endings to show their function in a sentence These are called noun cases or case-endings ( ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬ِٕ‫ا‬) English Name Arabic Name Ending Vowel Sign Function in a sentence Examples Nominative ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ Dammah Subject ‫الكتا‬ُ‫ب‬,‫كتا‬ٌ‫ب‬,ّ‫م‬‫مح‬ٌ‫د‬,‫با‬ٌ‫ب‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 13 ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ ‫الكتا‬ُ‫ب‬,‫كتا‬ٌ‫ب‬,ّ‫م‬‫مح‬ٌ‫د‬,‫با‬ٌ‫ب‬ Accusative ٌ‫وب‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ Fathah Object of a verb ‫الكتا‬َ‫ب‬,‫كتا‬ً‫ا‬‫ب‬,ّ‫م‬‫مح‬‫ًا‬‫د‬,‫با‬ً‫ا‬‫ب‬ Genitive ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ Kasrah Possessor of a thing, or comes after a preposition or an adverb ‫الكتا‬ِ‫ب‬,‫كتا‬ٍ‫ب‬,ّ‫م‬‫مح‬ٍ‫د‬,‫با‬ٍ‫ب‬
  • 14. ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ج‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬The Nominal Sentence (ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ج‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬) A sentence that starts with a noun Has a subject (ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬) and a predicate (ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬) Both the subject and the predicate are always nominative (ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬) The subject is mostly definite (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬) The predicate is mostly indefinite (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫ك‬َ‫ن‬) LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 14 ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫َك‬‫ن‬ ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫س‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫م‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫س‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫م‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬
  • 15. ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬The Joining Hamza (ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬) The ‫ا‬ in ‫الـ‬ (the definite article) is called ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ If it is preceded by another word, it is not pronounced E.g., ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ (the house) is pronounced al-baitu and ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫و‬ (and the house) is pronounced as wa l-baitu and not wa al-baitu ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ also appears in words without the ‫ال‬, e.g., ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ (name) – ِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ ِ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ب‬ ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬ِ‫ا‬ (son) – َ‫م‬َ‫ي‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬‫ا‬ ‫ى‬َ‫س‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬ ٌ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ (Joining, uniting, attaching) LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 15 ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬ِ‫ا‬ (son) – َ‫م‬َ‫ي‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬‫ا‬ ‫ى‬َ‫س‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬ To signify ‫ا‬‫ا‬‫ا‬‫ا‬ as ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬, look for one of the following three conditions: A symbol on alif, as Without any or ‫ء‬ symbol on alif Completely omitted in writing, e.g., ِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ ِ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ب‬ Both ‫ا‬ and ‫ل‬ in ‫الـ‬ are not pronounced when a word starts with a solar letter and is preceded with another word E.g., َ‫و‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ج‬َّ‫ن‬‫ال‬ is pronounced as wan-najmu and not wa al-najmu or wa an-najmu
  • 16. ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ As opposed to ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ , ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ is always pronounced, regardless of its position in the sentence ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ is usually written with a ‫ء‬ symbol on (or below) the Alif, as follows: ‫أ‬ ‫إ‬ Examples: ٌ‫د‬َ‫ح‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫ل‬ُ‫ق‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 16 ٌ‫د‬َ‫ح‬َٔ‫ا‬ (one) – ٌ‫د‬َ‫ح‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫ل‬ُ‫ق‬ ْ‫ذ‬ِٕ‫ا‬ (when) – َ‫ك‬ُّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬ َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ق‬ ْ‫ذ‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫و‬... ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ (Cutting, Discontinuing, Separating)
  • 17. ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬َ‫و‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َّ‫الش‬ ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬Examples from Quran ( ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬َ‫و‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َّ‫الش‬ ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬,ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬,ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ ) َ‫ٱ‬ِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬ ُ‫د‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ل‬ِّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬‫ٱ‬‫۝‬َ‫ين‬ِ‫م‬َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٱ‬َٰ‫م‬ْ‫ح‬َّ‫ر‬‫ل‬ِ‫ن‬‫ٱ‬ِ‫م‬‫ي‬ ِ‫ح‬َّ‫ر‬‫ل‬ِ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ ‫۝‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ي‬‫ٱ‬ِ‫ِّين‬‫د‬‫ل‬‫۝‬ ُ‫د‬ُ‫ب‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ َ‫ك‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬ِٕ‫ا‬ُ‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫َس‬‫ن‬ َ‫ك‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫و‬‫۝‬ِ‫ٱ‬‫َا‬‫ن‬ِ‫د‬ْ‫ه‬‫ٱ‬َ‫اط‬َ‫ر‬ ِّ‫لص‬‫ٱ‬َ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫اط‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫ص‬ ‫۝‬ Find solar letters (ُ‫ة‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ي‬ ِ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َّ‫الش‬ ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬), lunar letters (ُ‫ة‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬ ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬) and instances of ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ and ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ in Surat ul-Fâtiha LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 17 ُ‫د‬ُ‫ب‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ َ‫ك‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬ِٕ‫ا‬ُ‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫َس‬‫ن‬ َ‫ك‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫و‬‫۝‬ِ‫ٱ‬‫َا‬‫ن‬ِ‫د‬ْ‫ه‬‫ٱ‬َ‫اط‬َ‫ر‬ ِّ‫لص‬‫ٱ‬َ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫اط‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫ص‬ ‫۝‬ ‫ٱ‬ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ َ‫ين‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫غ‬‫ٱ‬‫ا‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬ ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ ِ‫وب‬ ُ‫ض‬ْ‫غ‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٱ‬َ‫ين‬ِّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ َّ‫لض‬‫۝‬ Solar letter ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬Lunar letter ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬
  • 18. ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬Preposition (ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬) & Genitive Case (ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬) Literal meaning of ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ is “a particle of pulling” Examples of preposition (ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬): In – ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ On – ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ From – ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ To – ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ت‬ got pulled to ِ‫ت‬ because of the preceding ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 18 To – ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ When a noun is preceded by a preposition, it is said to be in genitive case (ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬) The house - ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬, In the house – ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ A house - ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬, In a house – ٍ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ is a ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ج‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ (phrase) – It looks like a sentence but is not one ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ Same as ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬
  • 19. More Prepositions and Examples from the Qur’ân (59:21) Had We sent down this Quran on a mountain … َ‫ن‬ٓ‫ا‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬ٰ‫ـ‬َ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ز‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫و‬َ‫ل‬‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ٍ‫ل‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ج‬... On ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ (96:2) He created man from a clot َ‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫نس‬ِٕ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ َ‫ق‬َ‫ل‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ٍ‫ق‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ From ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ (26:50) we shall but return to our Lord ‫َّا‬‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ب‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ق‬‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬‫ـــ‬ِّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬ To ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ (97:1) We have indeed revealed this (Message) in the Night of Power ُ‫ه‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ز‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫َّا‬‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫د‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ In ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 19 (2:119) And thou will not be asked about the owners of hell- fire ُ‫ل‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬‫ي‬ ِ‫ح‬َ‫ج‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ِ‫اب‬َ‫ح‬ ْ‫ص‬َٔ‫ا‬ About, concerning ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ (2:284) To Allah belongs whatever is in the heavens and whatever is in the earth. ‫ـ‬ِ‫ل‬ٰ‫م‬َّ‫الس‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ ِ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬ِ‫ض‬ْ‫ر‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ِ‫ات‬َ‫و‬ Belongs to, for ‫ــ‬ِ‫ل‬ (2:153) O ye who believe! seek help with patient perseverance and prayer; for Allah is with those who patiently persevere. ‫وا‬ُ‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫اس‬ ‫وا‬ُ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ٓ‫ا‬ َ‫ين‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ُّ‫ي‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ي‬‫ـ‬ِ‫ب‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ب‬ َّ‫الص‬ َ‫ِين‬‫ر‬ِ‫ب‬‫ا‬ َّ‫الص‬ َ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ َ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ َّ‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ۚ ِ‫ة‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ َّ‫الص‬َ‫و‬ With, by, at, in ‫ــ‬ِ‫ب‬ Notice the noun after the ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫رف‬َ‫ح‬ is ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬ , i.e. it has a ٌ‫ة‬َ‫َسر‬‫ك‬ at the end
  • 20. ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬Nominal Sentence with ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ Muhammad is in the mosque the mosque in Muhammad ِ‫د‬ ِ‫ج‬ْ‫س‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ٌ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ ،ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 20 It is on a table a table on It ٍ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ ،ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬
  • 21. ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬Detached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) 3rd Person Masculine Singular He, It َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ئ‬‫ا‬َ‫غ‬ “Dual” They (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬ Plural They ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬ Feminine Singular She, It َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬“Dual” They (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬ Plural They َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬ Singular You َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 21 2nd person Masculine Singular You َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ب‬َ‫ط‬‫ا‬َ‫خ‬ُ‫م‬ “Dual” You (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬ Plural You (>2) ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬ Feminine Singular You ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬“Dual” You (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬ Plural You (>2) َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬ 1st person Masc. & Fem. Singular I ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ِّ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬َ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ Plural We ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
  • 22. ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬Detached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ Are never attached with any other word Are always ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ (definite) Are ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ (nominative case), even though most of them do not have a ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ (dammah) ending Are fixed in their case, i.e. their ending does not change Fixed nouns in Arabic are called ٌّ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫م‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 22 َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬ Fixed nouns in Arabic are called ٌّ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫م‬
  • 23. The Past Tense Verb (‫ي‬ِ‫اض‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ال‬) Verb = Action = ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ Doer = Subject = ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬ Base form of all Arabic verbs is in the past tense (ٍ‫ض‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬) The base form of the verb always corresponds to the 3rd person singular masculine pronoun, i.e. he (َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬) ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 23 َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ The doer of the action (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬) is hidden (ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬) within the base form of the verb (ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬). Notice the hidden “he” in َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬(He left) َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬
  • 24. ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ – Possessed & Possessor Used to convey a “possession” relationship between two nouns Also referred to as ُ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬‫ا‬ َ‫ض‬ِٕ‫الا‬ (Al-Idaafatu) English uses “of” or “ ’s ” for such relationship, e.g. Book of Bilal or Bilal’s book Made up of two parts: Possessed (or possession) – ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ Possessor – ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 24 ٍ‫َال‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ (of) Bilal book Bilal’s book ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ (of) the teacher table The teacher’s table ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬Possessed - ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ Can take any case ending, as the need be Never takes ٌ‫ن‬‫ِي‬‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬ (tanwîn) or ‫الـ‬ (the definite article) Is ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ (definite) or ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ـر‬ِ‫َـك‬‫ن‬ (indefinite) based on ِ‫ه‬‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬Possessor - ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ Is always ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ (genitive case) Can take ٌ‫ن‬‫ِي‬‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬ (tanwîn) or ‫الـ‬ (the definite article) Can be ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ـر‬ِ‫َـك‬‫ن‬ (indefinite) or ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ (definite)
  • 25. ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬Definite vs. indefinite ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ Different case endings for ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ Noun after َّ‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬ is always ٌ‫وب‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬Examples of Valid ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ َ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ (of) the teacher table The teacher’s table ٌ‫وب‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ ِ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َّ‫ط‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 25 ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ِ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ (of) the teacher table on On the teacher’s table ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ َ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ َّ‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬ (of) the teacher table Verily Verily the teacher’s table ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ِ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َّ‫ط‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ (of) the student book The student’s book ٍ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ (of) a student book A student’s book ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫َك‬‫ن‬
  • 26. ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬Incorrect vs. Correct ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٍ‫َال‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ cannot have ٌ‫ن‬‫ِي‬‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬ ٍ‫َال‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫الك‬ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ cannot have ‫ال‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 26 ٌ‫ل‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ cannot be ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ ٍ‫َال‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ً‫ل‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ cannot be ٌ‫وب‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬
  • 27. ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬More on ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ Whose book? (of) who book ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ Even though ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ is ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ , it does not have ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫َس‬‫ك‬ (kasrah) ending, because it is ٌّ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫م‬ (indeclinable). Other similar examples: ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫م‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ق‬ (Whose pen?) ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬ِ‫ٱ‬ (Whose son?) LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 27 Mosque of Allah’s Prophet (of) Allah (of the) prophet mosque ‫الل‬ِ‫ه‬ ِ‫ول‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ ُ‫د‬ ِ‫ج‬ْ‫س‬َ‫م‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ Notice two sets of ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬. ِ‫ول‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ is ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ in ِ‫ول‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ ُ‫د‬ ِ‫ج‬ْ‫س‬َ‫م‬ and it is ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ in ِ‫ه‬‫الل‬ ِ‫ول‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬.
  • 28. ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬Examples from Quran - ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ (110:1) When comes the help of Allah … َ‫اء‬َ‫ج‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬ِٕ‫ا‬‫الل‬ ُ‫ر‬ ْ‫َص‬‫ن‬ِ‫ه‬ (114: 1) Say: I seek refuge in the Lord of mankind ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫ذ‬‫و‬ُ‫ع‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫ل‬ُ‫ق‬ِ‫س‬‫ا‬َّ‫ن‬‫ال‬ ِّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬ (24:35) Allah is the light of the heavens and the earth ‫لل‬َ‫ا‬ُ‫ه‬ٰ‫م‬َّ‫الس‬ ُ‫ر‬‫ُو‬‫ن‬ِ‫ات‬َ‫و‬ِ‫ض‬ْ‫ر‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫و‬ (7:73) This is the she camel of Allah ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬‫الل‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ق‬‫َا‬‫ن‬ِ‫ه‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 28 (7:73) This is the she camel of Allah ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬‫الل‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ق‬‫َا‬‫ن‬ِ‫ه‬ (48:29) Muhammad is the Messenger of Allah ٌ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬‫الل‬ ُ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫ه‬ (6:127) For them is the home of safety ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫م‬َ‫ا‬‫ل‬َّ‫الس‬ ُ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫د‬ (40:55 & 77) Therefore have patience (O Muhammad). Lo (surely, certainly)! The promise of Allah is true َّ‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ْ‫ر‬ِ‫ب‬ ْ‫اص‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ َ‫د‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫و‬ٌّ‫ق‬َ‫ح‬
  • 29. ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬Nominal Sentences with ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ Muhammad is the Messenger of Allah (of) Allah Messenger Muhammad ِ‫ه‬‫الل‬ ُ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ ٌ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ ،ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫َا‬‫ل‬َ‫ج‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ظ‬ْ‫ف‬َ‫ل‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 29 The student’s pen is broken broken (of) the student pen ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫س‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ ِ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َّ‫ط‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ق‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
  • 30. ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬Feminine: This (ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬) vs. That ( َ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬) ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬That is a car (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬) ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ِ‫ِيب‬‫ر‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ش‬ ِٕ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬ ِ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ش‬ ِٕ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 30 ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ is pronounced as ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ but is written without the alif This is a watch (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫س‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬)This is a watch (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫س‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬)
  • 31. How to make Feminine noun from Masculine noun ٌ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫ة‬‫ــ‬َ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫ة‬‫ــ‬َ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ TeacherFemale teacher Adding a ُ‫ة‬َ‫ط‬‫و‬ُ‫ب‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اء‬َّ‫ت‬‫ال‬ at the end ُ‫ة‬َ‫ط‬‫و‬ُ‫ب‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اء‬َّ‫ت‬‫ال‬ : The closed ta : ‫ة‬ 1 Putting a ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬ (fathah) on the letter before ‫ة‬2 ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ٌ‫ة‬‫ـ‬َ‫ـب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ٌ‫ة‬‫ـ‬َ‫ـب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ StudentFemale student ٌ‫د‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫د‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫د‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫د‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫و‬ FatherMother ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ز‬َ‫غ‬ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ز‬َ‫غ‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ز‬َ‫غ‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ز‬َ‫غ‬ GazelleFemale Usually nouns which refer to male humans (and animals) and adjectives may be made feminine by this method LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 31 Not all masculine nouns form a feminine counterpart in this way, e.g. ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ز‬َ‫غ‬ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ز‬َ‫غ‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ز‬َ‫غ‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ز‬َ‫غ‬ GazelleFemale gazelle ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ك‬ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ك‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ير‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ك‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ير‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ك‬ BigBig (female) ٌ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ٌ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ٌّ‫م‬ُٔ‫ا‬ٌّ‫م‬ُٔ‫ا‬ FatherMother ٌ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ٌ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫خ‬ُٔ‫ا‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫خ‬ُٔ‫ا‬ BrotherSister ٌ‫د‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫د‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ِ‫ب‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ِ‫ب‬ BoyGirl feminine by this method
  • 32. Gender of Body Members ٌ‫س‬ْٔ‫ا‬َ‫ر‬ٌ‫س‬ْٔ‫ا‬َ‫ر‬ (head) ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ (nose) ٌ‫د‬َ‫ي‬ (hand) ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ع‬ (eye) Double members are usually feminine Single members are usually masculine LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 32 ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ (nose) ٌ‫ه‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫ه‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫و‬ (face) ٌ‫م‬َ‫ف‬ٌ‫م‬َ‫ف‬ (mouth) ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ع‬ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ع‬ (eye) ٌ‫ن‬ُ‫ذ‬ُٔ‫ا‬ (ear) ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ِج‬‫ر‬ (leg)
  • 33. Gender and Nominal Sentence Gender ofٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ and ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ should be the same ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ط‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫اط‬َ‫ف‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ب‬ِ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ط‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬‫ال‬ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َّ‫الس‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 33 ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬‫ال‬ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َّ‫الس‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ٌ‫يك‬ِ‫د‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫اج‬َ‫ج‬َ‫د‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ب‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ذ‬ِ‫ف‬‫َا‬‫ن‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬
  • 34. This house This house is new ٌ‫ل‬َ‫د‬َ‫ب‬Substitute - ٌ‫ل‬َ‫د‬َ‫ب‬ ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫يت‬َ‫الب‬ This is new ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ The house is new ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫يت‬َ‫الب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ (is) new The house This This house 34 ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ل‬َ‫د‬َ‫ب‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ A definite noun (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬‫ع‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬‫س‬ِ‫ا‬) following a demonstrative pronoun (ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ش‬ ِٕ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫م‬‫س‬ِ‫ا‬), is called a substitute (ٌ‫ل‬َ‫د‬َ‫ب‬). There are other types of substitutes, which we will learn later
  • 35. ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬Adverb - ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬ ِ‫ان‬َ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬Examples of Adverb of Place ( ِ‫ان‬َ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬) ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬ is a noun that indicates the place or time ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬ acts like a ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ , so the noun following it is ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬ can never be aٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ (subject), even if the sentence starts with it َ‫ف‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ف‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫خ‬ (behind) َ‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ (there) ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ (here) َ‫ق‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ف‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ف‬ (over) LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) َ‫ت‬ْ‫ح‬َ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ح‬َ‫ت‬ (under) َ‫ف‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ف‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫خ‬ (behind) َ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬َٔ‫ا‬ (in front) ِ‫ان‬َ‫م‬َّ‫ز‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬Examples of Adverb of Time ( ِ‫ان‬َ‫م‬َّ‫ز‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬) َ‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َ‫م‬‫و‬َ‫الي‬َ‫م‬‫و‬َ‫الي‬ (today) َ‫رب‬ُ‫ق‬َ‫رب‬ُ‫ق‬ (near) َ‫ين‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ين‬َ‫ب‬ (between) ً‫ا‬‫د‬َ‫غ‬ (tomorrow)ِ‫س‬‫م‬َٔ‫ا‬ (yesterday) ً‫ا‬‫يل‬َ‫ل‬ً‫ا‬‫يل‬َ‫ل‬ (night) ً‫اح‬َ‫ب‬ َ‫ص‬ً‫اح‬َ‫ب‬ َ‫ص‬ (morning) ً‫اء‬َ‫س‬َ‫م‬ً‫اء‬َ‫س‬َ‫م‬ (evening)ً‫ا‬‫هر‬ُ‫ظ‬ً‫ا‬‫هر‬ُ‫ظ‬ (noon)
  • 36. Examples from Quran - ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬ (16:88) Those who disbelieved and averted [others] from the way of Allah - We will increase them in punishment over [their] punishment for what corruption they were causing. ‫ا‬ً‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ع‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬‫َا‬‫ن‬ْ‫د‬ِ‫ز‬ ِ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ ِ‫يل‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫س‬ ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ‫ُّوا‬‫د‬ َ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ ‫وا‬ُ‫َر‬‫ف‬َ‫ك‬ َ‫ين‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ف‬ ‫﴿النحل‬ َ‫ن‬‫ُو‬‫د‬ِ‫س‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫ي‬ ‫ُوا‬‫ن‬‫َا‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ب‬ ِ‫اب‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬:٨٨﴾ (48:18) Allah was pleased with the believers when they swore allegiance to you under the tree and He knew what was in their hearts. Therefore, He sent down tranquility upon them and rewarded them with a victory close by. َ‫َك‬‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ع‬ِ‫ي‬‫ا‬َ‫ب‬ُ‫ي‬ ْ‫ذ‬ِٕ‫ا‬ َ‫ين‬ِ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ِ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ض‬َ‫ر‬ ْ‫د‬َ‫ق‬َّ‫ل‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ح‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬َّ‫الش‬ ‫ا‬ً‫ِيب‬‫ر‬َ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ً‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ب‬‫َا‬‫ث‬َٔ‫ا‬َ‫و‬ ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ َ‫ة‬َ‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫ك‬َّ‫الس‬ َ‫ل‬َ‫ز‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬َ‫ف‬ ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬‫و‬ُ‫ل‬ُ‫ق‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ف‬ ‫﴿الفتح‬:١٨﴾ (4:159) And there is none from the People of the Scripture but that he will surely believe in Jesus before his death. And on the Day of Resurrection ۖ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ت‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬ َ‫ل‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫ق‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ َّ‫ن‬َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫ؤ‬ُ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬َّ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ِ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ِ‫ل‬ْ‫ه‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫ن‬ِّ‫م‬ ‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫و‬َ‫م‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ي‬َ‫و‬ِ‫ة‬َ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ‫﴿النساء‬ ‫ًا‬‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬َ‫ش‬ ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ك‬َ‫ي‬:١٥٩﴾ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 36 before his death. And on the Day of Resurrection he will be against them a witness. ۖ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ت‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬ َ‫ل‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫ق‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ َّ‫ن‬َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫ؤ‬ُ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬َّ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ِ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ِ‫ل‬ْ‫ه‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫ن‬ِّ‫م‬ ‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫و‬َ‫م‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ي‬َ‫و‬ِ‫ة‬َ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ‫﴿النساء‬ ‫ًا‬‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬َ‫ش‬ ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ك‬َ‫ي‬:١٥٩﴾ (18:23-24) And never say of anything, "Indeed, I will do that tomorrow," . Except [when adding], "If Allah wills." And remember your Lord when you forget [it] and say, "Perhaps my Lord will guide me to what is nearer than this to right conduct." َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َٰ‫ذ‬ ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬ ‫ِّي‬‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٍ‫ء‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ش‬ِ‫ل‬ َّ‫ن‬َ‫ل‬‫ُو‬‫ق‬َ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬‫ًا‬‫د‬َ‫غ‬‫﴿الكهف‬:٢٣‫ا‬َّ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ﴾ ِ‫ن‬َ‫ي‬ِ‫د‬ْ‫ه‬َ‫ي‬ ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٰ‫ى‬َ‫س‬َ‫ع‬ ْ‫ل‬ُ‫ق‬َ‫و‬ َ‫يت‬ ِ‫َس‬‫ن‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬ِٕ‫ا‬ َ‫ك‬َّ‫ب‬َّ‫ر‬ ‫ُر‬‫ك‬ْ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫و‬ ۚ ُ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ َ‫اء‬َ‫ش‬َ‫ي‬ ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫﴿الكهف‬ ‫ًا‬‫د‬َ‫ش‬َ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬ٰ‫ـ‬َ‫ه‬ ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ق‬َٔ‫ا‬ِ‫ل‬ ‫ي‬ِّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬:٢٤﴾ (2:285) All of them have believed in Allah and His angels and His books and His messengers, [saying], "We make no distinction between any of His messengers." And they say, "We hear and we obey. [We seek] Your forgiveness, our Lord, and to You is the [final] destination." ُ‫ق‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫ف‬ُ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ل‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ل‬ُ‫س‬ُ‫ر‬َ‫و‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ُ‫ت‬ُ‫ك‬َ‫و‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ك‬ِ‫ئ‬‫َا‬‫ل‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ِ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ِ‫ب‬ َ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ٓ‫ا‬ ٌّ‫ل‬ُ‫ك‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬‫ن‬ِّ‫م‬ ٍ‫د‬َ‫ح‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ير‬ِ‫ص‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫و‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬َّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬ َ‫َك‬‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫غ‬ ۖ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ط‬َٔ‫ا‬َ‫و‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ ‫وا‬ُ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ق‬َ‫و‬ ۚ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ل‬ُ‫س‬ُّ‫ر‬ ‫﴿البقرة‬:٢٨٥﴾
  • 37. ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬Adjective - ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ A new house ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫يت‬َ‫ب‬ A noun that describes or qualifies another noun is called ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ (adjective) The noun being described or qualified is called ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ A house ٌ‫يت‬َ‫ب‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) In Arabic the ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ (adjective) comes after the ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬. In English, the adjective comes before the noun it qualifies ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ is also called ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ص‬ Adjective = ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ = ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ص‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ is also called ٌ‫وف‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬ Noun Qualified = ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ = ٌ‫وف‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬
  • 38. ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬Agreements between ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ and ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ and ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ should be in agreement in the following: This is a small boy ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫غ‬ َ‫ص‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ This is a small girl ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ير‬ِ‫غ‬ َ‫ص‬ ٌ‫نت‬ِ‫ب‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬Gender 1 The new teacher is in the class ِ‫صل‬َ‫ف‬‫ال‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ُ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ُ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ال‬ Bilal is a new teacher ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ل‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ Indefinite vs.Indefinite vs. definite 2 ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) ِ‫صل‬َ‫ف‬‫ال‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ُ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ُ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ال‬ ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ل‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬definitedefinite I am in a new house ٍ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٍ‫يت‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ‫نا‬َٔ‫ا‬ This is a new house ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫يت‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬Case 3 That is a new student ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬ Those are new students ٌ‫د‬ُ‫د‬ُ‫ج‬ ٌ‫َّاب‬‫ل‬ُ‫ط‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ئ‬َ‫ل‬‫و‬ُٔ‫ا‬Number 4 ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬
  • 39. ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬Nominal Sentence with ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ The broken chair is in the room ِ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫غ‬‫ال‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ُ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫س‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُّ‫ي‬ ِ‫س‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫ك‬‫ال‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ The sparrow is a small bird ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫غ‬ َ‫ص‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ئ‬‫ا‬َ‫ط‬ ُ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ ْ‫ص‬ُ‫ع‬‫ال‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 39 ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ ،ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ I am in the secondary school ِ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫و‬َ‫ن‬‫َّا‬‫ث‬‫ال‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫د‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ ،ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬
  • 40. ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬References from Quran - ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ (5:15) Undoubtedly, there has to come to you from Allah light and a luminous Book. َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ُو‬‫ن‬ ِ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ َ‫ن‬ِّ‫م‬ ‫ُم‬‫ك‬َ‫اء‬َ‫ج‬ ْ‫د‬َ‫ق‬ٌ‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬ُّ‫م‬ ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬‫﴿المائدة‬:١٥﴾ (68:4) And undoubtedly, you possess excellent manners. ٰ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ل‬ َ‫َّك‬‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫و‬ٍ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ظ‬َ‫ع‬ ٍ‫ق‬ُ‫ل‬ُ‫خ‬‫﴿القلم‬:٤﴾ (44:17) and an honourable Messenger came to them. ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫اء‬َ‫ج‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫م‬‫ِي‬‫ر‬َ‫ك‬ ٌ‫ل‬‫و‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬‫﴿الدخان‬:١٧﴾ (1:6) Guide us in the straight path. ‫َا‬‫ن‬ِ‫د‬ْ‫ه‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ َ‫اط‬َ‫ر‬ ِّ‫الص‬﴿‫الفاتحة‬:٦﴾ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 40 (1:6) Guide us in the straight path. ‫َا‬‫ن‬ِ‫د‬ْ‫ه‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ َ‫اط‬َ‫ر‬ ِّ‫الص‬﴿‫الفاتحة‬:٦﴾ (45:10) And for them is a great torment. ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ظ‬َ‫ع‬ ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ع‬﴿‫الجاثية‬:١٠﴾ (8:274) For them is forgiveness and honourable provision. َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫ف‬ْ‫غ‬َّ‫م‬ ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬ٌ‫م‬‫ِي‬‫ر‬َ‫ك‬ ٌ‫ق‬ْ‫ز‬ِ‫ر‬‫نفال‬ٔ‫ا‬‫﴿ال‬:٧٤﴾ (61:13) help from Allah and a near victory ‫﴿الصف‬:١٣﴾ ِ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ َ‫ن‬ِّ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ ْ‫َص‬‫ن‬ٌ‫ِيب‬‫ر‬َ‫ق‬ ٌ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬َ‫و‬ۗ◌
  • 41. ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬Where is the ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬? ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫ه‬َ‫س‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫غ‬ُ‫ل‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬َ‫ع‬‫ال‬ The Arabic is an easy language ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫ه‬َ‫س‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬َ‫ع‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫غ‬ُّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ The Arabic language is easy LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 41 ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫ه‬َ‫س‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬َ‫ع‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫غ‬ُّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
  • 42. ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ or not This is a new book ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ The new book is heavy ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬َ‫ث‬ ُ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫الك‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬‫و‬ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ This book is new ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬‫ال‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ل‬َ‫د‬َ‫ب‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ This new book is heavy ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬َ‫ث‬ ُ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫الك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ل‬َ‫د‬َ‫ب‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ 1 2 4 5 LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 42 ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬‫و‬ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ The book is new ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫الك‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ل‬َ‫د‬َ‫ب‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ Abbas is a merchant ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬ ٌ‫اس‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ع‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ 36
  • 43. ُ‫ل‬‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬The Relative Pronoun - ُ‫ل‬‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ is called the relative pronoun (ُ‫ل‬‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬) It is translated as: “Who” – for all rational beings “Which” – for all irrational beings and things It is used for masculine singular. Feminine and plural will come later It is always followed by a description, which is known as ِ‫ول‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 43 The man, who left the room, is a merchant ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫غ‬‫ال‬ َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬ ِ‫ول‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬ ُ‫ل‬‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬ The book, which is on the table, belongs to the teacher ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬ ِ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬‫ك‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫الك‬ ِ‫ول‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬ ُ‫ل‬‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬
  • 44. ‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ٌ‫َعت‬‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ as ٌ‫َعت‬‫ن‬ The man is a merchant ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬ ُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ The tall man is a merchant ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬ ُ‫ل‬‫ِي‬‫و‬َّ‫ط‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 44 The man, who left the room, is a merchant ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫غ‬‫ال‬ َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ِ‫ول‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬ ٌ‫َعت‬‫ن‬َ‫و‬ ُ‫ل‬‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬ ُ‫ل‬‫ِي‬‫و‬َّ‫ط‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
  • 45. The Past Tense Verb (‫ي‬ِ‫اض‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ال‬) Verb = Action = ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ Doer = Subject = ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬ Base form of all Arabic verbs is in the past tense (ٍ‫ض‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬) The base form of the verb always corresponds to the 3rd person singular masculine pronoun, i.e. he (َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬) ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 45 َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ The doer of the action (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬) is hidden (ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬) within the base form of the verb (ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬). Notice the hidden “he” in َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬(He left) َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬
  • 46. Anatomy of The Past Tense Verb Almost all Arabic verbs can be traced back to a three letter verb. The remaining few exceptions are traced to a four letter verb. To understand their structure, the three letter verbs are defined on the pattern of ‫فعل‬ as follows. ‫فعل‬‫ل‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ف‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 46 َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬(He left) َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ج‬ َ‫ر‬ َ‫خ‬ ‫فعل‬‫فعل‬‫ل‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ف‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ف‬ (1st radical) ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ع‬ (2nd radical) ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ل‬ (3rd radical)
  • 47. Anatomy of The Past Tense Verb ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ل‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ع‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ف‬ Meaning ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ َ‫ب‬ َ‫ه‬ َ‫ذ‬ He went َ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ َ‫س‬ َ‫ل‬ َ‫ج‬ He sat َ‫س‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ج‬ َ‫ر‬ َ‫ص‬ َ‫ن‬ He helped َ‫ر‬ َ‫َص‬‫ن‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 47 In the base form for all 3 letter past tense verbs: ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ف‬ and ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ل‬ always have a ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ع‬ can have a ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬, ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬, or ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫َس‬‫ك‬ َ‫ر‬ َ‫ص‬ َ‫ن‬ َ‫ر‬ َ‫َص‬‫ن‬ َ‫ع‬ ِ‫م‬ َ‫س‬ He heard َ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ َ‫م‬ ُ‫ر‬ َ‫ك‬ He became noble َ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬
  • 48. Conjugation of Past Tense Verb َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ We’ve learnt before that the base form of the verb contains “he” or “it” (َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬) as the doer (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬), so َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ means “He left”. Within the base form, this ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬ is considered hidden (ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬), i.e., there is no letter in the verb, which explicitly represents the ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬ Since this alif represents “They (2)”, He/it َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ In order to say “They (2) left”, an alif is added at the end LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 48 َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬‫ا‬ ++==‫ـ‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ـا‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬ Since this alif represents “They (2)”, who did the action, it acts as the ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬ َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫و‬‫و‬ ++==‫ـ‬ُ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ‫ـ‬ُ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬This alif is called ِ‫ة‬َ‫ي‬‫ا‬َ‫ق‬ِ‫و‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ف‬ِ‫ل‬َٔ‫ا‬ (alif of protection). It protects the ‫و‬from being mistaken for the conjunction ‫و‬ (and). It is written but not pronounced Notice the original ٌ‫ة‬َ‫تح‬َ‫ف‬ changed to a ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ once waw was added. This is done for phonetic convenience as ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ is easier to pronounce than ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ They (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (>2) ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ In order to say “They (>2) left”, a waw is added at the end. This waw acts as the ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬
  • 49. Conjugation of Past Tense Verb َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫ت‬ْ‫ت‬ ++==ْ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ The ِ‫يث‬ِ‫ن‬ْٔ‫ا‬َّ‫ت‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫ت‬ is not a ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬. Instead the ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬ is considered hidden (ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬َ‫م‬) in this form and is implied as “She/It (f)” ( َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬) َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬She/It (f) َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ Since this alif represents “They (2)”, In order to say “She left”, the base form of the verb is feminized by adding a ta of feminizing ( ِ‫يث‬ِ‫ن‬ْٔ‫ا‬َّ‫ت‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫ت‬) In order to say “They (2, f) left”, an alif is added at the end of the feminized form LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 49 ْ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬‫ا‬ ++==‫ـ‬َ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ـا‬َ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬ Since this alif represents “They (2)”, who did the action, it acts as the ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬ They (2,f) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ن‬َ‫ن‬ ++==ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ن‬ Since this َ‫ن‬ represents “They (>2,f)”, who did the action, it acts as the ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬ They (>2,f) َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ Notice the ٌ‫ة‬َ‫تح‬َ‫ف‬ on the 3rd radical changes to a ٌ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫س‬ in this case. For the complete conjugation of past tense verb for all 14 pronouns, please see the next page In order to say “They (>2, f) left”, a َ‫ن‬is added to the end
  • 50. Conjugation of The Past Tense Verb ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬ Suffix He left َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ He They (2) left َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫ا‬ ْ‫ا‬ ْ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (2) They (>2) left ُ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ْ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (>2) She left ْ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ ْ‫ت‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ She They (2) left َ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫ا‬ ْ‫ا‬ ْ‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (2) They (>2,f) left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ن‬ َ‫ن‬ َ‫ن‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ They (>2,f) LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 50 They (>2,f) left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ن‬ َ‫ن‬ َ‫ن‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ They (>2,f) You left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ت‬ َ‫ت‬ َ‫ت‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You You (2) left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You (2) You (>2) left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You (>2) You left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ِ‫ت‬ ِ‫ت‬ ِ‫ت‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You You (2) left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You (2) You (>2,f) left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You (>2,f) I left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ُ‫ت‬ ُ‫ت‬ ُ‫ت‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ I We left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬ We
  • 51. Conjugation of The Past Tense Verb Examples ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬ Suffix َ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ َ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ َ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ He َ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ْ‫ا‬ َ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ْ‫ا‬ َ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ْ‫ا‬ َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫ا‬ ْ‫ا‬ ْ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (2) ُ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ْ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (>2) ْ‫ت‬َ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ ْ‫ت‬َ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ ْ‫ت‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ ْ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ ْ‫ت‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ She َ‫ت‬َ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ْ‫ا‬ َ‫ت‬َ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ْ‫ا‬ َ‫ت‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ْ‫ا‬ َ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫ا‬ ْ‫ا‬ ْ‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (2) ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ن‬ َ‫ن‬ َ‫ن‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ They (>2) LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 51 ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ن‬ َ‫ن‬ َ‫ن‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ They (>2) ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬َ‫ت‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬َ‫ت‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ت‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ت‬ َ‫ت‬ َ‫ت‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You (2) ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You (>2) ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ِ‫ت‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ِ‫ت‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ِ‫ت‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ِ‫ت‬ ِ‫ت‬ ِ‫ت‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You (2) ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You (>2) ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ُ‫ت‬ ُ‫ت‬ ُ‫ت‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ I ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬ We
  • 52. Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) Muhammad’s book. ٍ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ His book ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ His book ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ Your book َ‫ك‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your book َ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ُ‫ه‬ and َ‫ك‬ are attached pronouns (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) + LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 52 Your book َ‫ك‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ An attached pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬), when attached to a noun, is always ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ and the noun it is attached to is ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ The attached pronoun in this case is always ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ +
  • 53. Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) From Muhammad ٍ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ Him From ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ From him ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ Them From ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ From them ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ُ‫ه‬ and ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ are attached pronouns (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) + LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 53 Them From ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ An attached pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬), when attached to a ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ (preposition), is always ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ +
  • 54. Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) vs. Detached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) 3rd Person Masculine Singular He, It ُ‫ه‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ئ‬‫ا‬َ‫غ‬ “Dual” They (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬ Plural They ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬ Feminine Singular She, It ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬“Dual” They (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬ Plural They َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ (Detached Pronoun)ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ (Attached Pronoun) LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 54 َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬ 2nd person Masculine Singular You َ‫ك‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ب‬َ‫ط‬‫ا‬َ‫خ‬ُ‫م‬ “Dual” You (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬ Plural You (>2) ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬ Feminine Singular You ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬“Dual” You (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬ Plural You (>2) َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬ 1st person Masc. & Fem. Singular I ْ‫ي‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ِّ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬َ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ Plural We ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
  • 55. Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) vs. Detached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) ُ‫ه‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َ‫ك‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ Always ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ (definite) Are ٌ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫م‬ (fixed) Always ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ (nominative) ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ Always ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ (definite) Are ٌ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫م‬ (fixed) Always ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬ (genitive) or ٌ‫وب‬ ُ‫نص‬َ‫م‬ (accusative) LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 55 َ‫ك‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫ي‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬ ٌ‫وب‬ ُ‫نص‬َ‫م‬ Can be attached to a noun, verb or a particle This ‫ي‬ is called ِ‫م‬ِّ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬َ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫ي‬ (ya-ul mutakallim) – Ya of the first person
  • 56. Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) as ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ His ُ‫ه‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Their (2 mas.) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Their (>2 mas.) ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Her ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Their (2 fem) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Their (>2 fem) َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ The ُ‫ة‬َ‫ط‬‫و‬ُ‫ب‬‫ر‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫ت‬‫ال‬ changes to a ُ‫ة‬َ‫وح‬ُ‫ت‬‫ف‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫ت‬‫ال‬ when it is followed by an attached pronoun. LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 56 َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Their (>2 fem) َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َ‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ َ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your َ‫ك‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your (2 mas.) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your (>2 mas.) ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ِ‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ِ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your (fem) ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your (2 fem) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your (>2 fem) َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ My ْ‫ي‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Our ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬ The last letter of the ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ gets a ٌ‫ة‬َ‫َسر‬‫ك‬ when attached to ِ‫م‬ِّ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬َ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫ي‬. A ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ on the last letter would have made the pronunciation difficult.
  • 57. Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) with Special Nouns ٌ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫ه‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ Notice the extra ‫و‬ between ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ and ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬. By same token “Muhammad’s father” will be ٍ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ ‫و‬ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ are 2 of the 5 special nouns, which take this extra ‫و‬. Will learn the other later. LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 57 ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ك‬ َ‫ك‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ِ‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫ي‬ ِ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫ي‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬‫و‬‫ا‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬‫و‬‫ا‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬ Will learn the other later. The rule for extra ‫و‬ does not apply when these nouns are followed by ِ‫م‬ِّ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬َ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫ي‬
  • 58. ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬‫اس‬Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) as ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬‫اس‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ه‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ The ‫ورة‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫ق‬َ‫م‬ ‫ف‬ِ‫ل‬َٔ‫ا‬ at the end of ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ changes to a ‫ي‬ (ya) when it is followed by an attached pronoun. Also notice the change from ُ‫ه‬ to ِ‫ه‬ for the attached pronoun. Same is true for ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 58 َّ‫ن‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ َ‫ك‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ َّ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ْ‫ي‬ِّ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ْ‫ي‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬ َّ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ = ْ‫ي‬ + ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬